United States
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
 
x
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2013
OR
 
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from _________ to _________

Commission file number 1-11986 (Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.)
Commission file number 333-3526-01 (Tanger Properties Limited Partnership)

TANGER FACTORY OUTLET CENTERS, INC.
TANGER PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
North Carolina (Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.)
56-1815473
North Carolina (Tanger Properties Limited Partnership)
56-1822494
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
 
3200 Northline Avenue, Suite 360, Greensboro, NC 27408
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
 
(336) 292-3010
(Registrant's telephone number)
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.
Yes x    No o
Tanger Properties Limited Partnership
Yes x    No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.
Yes x    No o
Tanger Properties Limited Partnership
Yes x    No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer: and “smaller reporting company” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934).
Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.
 
 
 
 
x  Large accelerated filer
 
o  Accelerated filer
 
o  Non-accelerated filer
 
o  Smaller reporting company
Tanger Properties Limited Partnership
 
 
 
 
o  Large accelerated filer
 
o  Accelerated filer
 
x  Non-accelerated filer
 
o  Smaller reporting company





Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.
Yes o    No x
Tanger Properties Limited Partnership
Yes o    No x

As of October 31, 2013, there were 94,478,785 common shares of Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. outstanding, $.01 par value.




EXPLANATORY NOTE
This report combines the quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 of Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. and Tanger Properties Limited Partnership. Unless the context indicates otherwise, the term, Company, refers to Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. and subsidiaries and the term, Operating Partnership, refers to Tanger Properties Limited Partnership and subsidiaries. The terms "we", "our" and "us" refer to the Company or the Company and the Operating Partnership together, as the text requires.

Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. and subsidiaries is one of the largest owners and operators of outlet centers in the United States. The Company is a fully-integrated, self-administered and self-managed real estate investment trust ("REIT") which, through its controlling interest in the Operating Partnership, focuses exclusively on developing, acquiring, owning, operating and managing outlet shopping centers. The outlet centers and other assets are held by, and all of the operations are conducted by, the Operating Partnership and its subsidiaries. Accordingly, the descriptions of the business, employees and properties of the Company are also descriptions of the business, employees and properties of the Operating Partnership.

The Company owns the majority of the units of partnership interest issued by the Operating Partnership through its two wholly-owned subsidiaries, Tanger GP Trust and Tanger LP Trust. Tanger GP Trust controls the Operating Partnership as its sole general partner. Tanger LP Trust holds a limited partnership interest. As of September 30, 2013 , the Company, through its ownership of Tanger GP Trust and Tanger LP Trust, owned 94,478,785 units of the Operating Partnership and other limited partners collectively owned 5,145,012 units. Each unit held by the other limited partners is exchangeable for one common share of the Company, subject to certain limitations to preserve the Company's REIT status.

Management operates the Company and the Operating Partnership as one enterprise. The management of the Company consists of the same members as the management of the Operating Partnership. These individuals are officers of the Company and employees of the Operating Partnership. The individuals that comprise the Company's Board of Directors are also the same individuals that make up the Tanger GP Trust's Board of Trustees.

We believe combining the quarterly reports on Form 10-Q of the Company and the Operating Partnership into this single report results in the following benefits:

enhancing investors' understanding of the Company and the Operating Partnership by enabling investors to view the business as a whole in the same manner as management views and operates the business;

eliminating duplicative disclosure and providing a more streamlined and readable presentation since a substantial portion of the disclosure applies to both the Company and the Operating Partnership; and

creating time and cost efficiencies through the preparation of one combined report instead of two separate reports.


3



There are a few differences between the Company and the Operating Partnership, which are reflected in the disclosure in this report. We believe it is important to understand the differences between the Company and the Operating Partnership in the context of how the Company and the Operating Partnership operate as an interrelated consolidated company. As stated above, the Company is a REIT, whose only material asset is its ownership of partnership interests of the Operating Partnership through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Tanger GP Trust and Tanger LP Trust. As a result, the Company does not conduct business itself, other than issuing public equity from time to time and incurring expenses required to operate as a public company. However, all operating expenses incurred by the Company are reimbursed by the Operating Partnership, thus the only material item on the Company's income statement is its equity in the earnings of the Operating Partnership. Therefore, the assets and liabilities and the revenues and expenses of the Company and the Operating Partnership are the same on their respective financial statements, except for immaterial differences related to cash, other assets and accrued liabilities that arise from public company expenses paid by the Company. The Company itself does not hold any indebtedness but does guarantee certain debt of the Operating Partnership, as disclosed in this report. The Operating Partnership holds substantially all the assets of the Company and holds the ownership interests in the Company's consolidated and unconsolidated joint ventures. The Operating Partnership conducts the operations of the business and is structured as a partnership with no publicly traded equity. Except for net proceeds from public equity issuances by the Company, which are required to be contributed to the Operating Partnership in exchange for partnership units, the Operating Partnership generates the capital required through its operations, its incurrence of indebtedness or through the issuance of partnership units.

Noncontrolling interests, shareholder's equity and partners' equity are the main areas of difference between the consolidated financial statements of the Company and those of the Operating Partnership. The limited partnership interests in the Operating Partnership held by limited partners other than Tanger LP Trust are accounted for as partners' equity in the Operating Partnership's financial statements and as noncontrolling interests in the Company's financial statements.

To help investors understand the significant differences between the Company and the Operating Partnership, this report presents the following separate sections for each of the Company and the Operating Partnership:
Consolidated financial statements;
The following notes to the consolidated financial statements:
Debt of the Company and the Operating Partnership;
Shareholders' Equity and Partners' Equity;
Earnings Per Share and Earnings Per Unit;
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income of the Company and the Operating Partnership
Liquidity and Capital Resources in the Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
This report also includes separate Item 4. Controls and Procedures sections and separate Exhibit 31 and 32 certifications for each of the Company and the Operating Partnership in order to establish that the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of each entity have made the requisite certifications and that the Company and Operating Partnership are compliant with Rule 13a-15 or Rule 15d-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C. §1350.
In order to highlight the differences between the Company and the Operating Partnership, the separate sections in this report for the Company and the Operating Partnership specifically refer to the Company and the Operating Partnership. In the sections that combine disclosure of the Company and the Operating Partnership, this report refers to actions or holdings as being actions or holdings of the Company. Although the Operating Partnership is generally the entity that enters into contracts and joint ventures and holds assets and debt, reference to the Company is appropriate because the business is one enterprise and the Company operates the business through the Operating Partnership.

As the 100% owner of Tanger GP Trust, the general partner with control of the Operating Partnership, the Company consolidates the Operating Partnership for financial reporting purposes. The separate discussions of the Company and the Operating Partnership in this report should be read in conjunction with each other to understand the results of the Company on a consolidated basis and how management operates the Company.

4



TANGER FACTORY OUTLET CENTERS, INC. AND TANGER PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Index
 
Page Number
Part I. Financial Information
Item 1.
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TANGER FACTORY OUTLET CENTERS, INC.  (Unaudited)
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets - as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012
Consolidated Statements of Operations - for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income - for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated Statements of Equity - for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TANGER PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP  (Unaudited)
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets - as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012
Consolidated Statements of Operations - for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income - for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated Statements of Equity - for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. and Tanger Properties Limited Partnership
 
 
Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
 
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
 
Item 4. Controls and Procedures (Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. and Tanger Properties Limited Partnership)
 
Part II. Other Information
 
 
Item 1. Legal Proceedings
 
 
Item 1A. Risk Factors
 
 
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosure
 
 
Item 6. Exhibits
 
 
Signatures

5



PART I. - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1 - Financial Statements of Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.

TANGER FACTORY OUTLET CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share and per share data, unaudited)
 
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31,
2012
ASSETS
 
 

 
 

Rental property
 
 

 
 

Land
 
$
230,417

 
$
148,002

Buildings, improvements and fixtures
 
2,004,882

 
1,796,042

Construction in progress
 
4,375

 
3,308

 
 
2,239,674

 
1,947,352

Accumulated depreciation
 
(636,035
)
 
(582,859
)
Total rental property, net
 
1,603,639

 
1,364,493

Cash and cash equivalents
 
10,482

 
10,335

Investments in unconsolidated joint ventures
 
136,922

 
126,632

Deferred lease costs and other intangibles, net
 
171,702

 
107,415

Deferred debt origination costs, net
 
7,275

 
9,083

Prepaids and other assets
 
71,943

 
60,842

Total assets
 
$
2,001,963

 
$
1,678,800

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 

 
 

Debt
 
 

 
 

Senior, unsecured notes (net of discount of $1,753 and $1,967, respectively)
 
$
548,247

 
$
548,033

Unsecured term loans (net of discount of $435 and $547, respectively)
 
267,065

 
259,453

Mortgages payable (including premiums of $3,963 and $6,362, respectively)
 
251,533

 
107,745

Unsecured lines of credit
 
259,000

 
178,306

Total debt
 
1,325,845

 
1,093,537

Construction trade payables
 
5,272

 
7,084

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
 
48,400

 
41,149

Deferred financing obligation
 
28,388

 

Other liabilities
 
33,101

 
23,155

Total liabilities
 
1,441,006

 
1,164,925

Commitments and contingencies
 


 


Equity
 
 

 
 

Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.
 
 

 
 

Common shares, $.01 par value, 300,000,000 shares authorized, 94,478,785 and 94,061,384 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively
 
945

 
941

Paid in capital
 
785,515

 
766,056

Accumulated distributions in excess of net income 
 
(262,173
)
 
(285,588
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income
 
1,179

 
1,200

Equity attributable to Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.
 
525,466

 
482,609

Equity attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
 
 
 
Noncontrolling interests in Operating Partnership
 
28,615

 
24,432

Noncontrolling interests in other consolidated partnerships
 
6,876

 
6,834

Total equity
 
560,957

 
513,875

Total liabilities and equity
 
$
2,001,963

 
$
1,678,800


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

6



TANGER FACTORY OUTLET CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share data, unaudited)

 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Base rentals
 
$
64,301

 
$
59,662

 
$
184,591

 
$
175,464

Percentage rentals
 
3,084

 
3,180

 
6,956

 
6,542

Expense reimbursements
 
27,414

 
24,908

 
78,544

 
73,777

Other income
 
3,104

 
2,733

 
7,516

 
6,278

Total revenues
 
97,903

 
90,483

 
277,607

 
262,061

Expenses
 
 
 


 
 
 
 

Property operating
 
29,863

 
27,614

 
86,819

 
81,679

General and administrative
 
9,754

 
9,018

 
29,240

 
27,737

Acquisition costs
 
532

 

 
963

 

Depreciation and amortization
 
24,223

 
24,809

 
68,683

 
75,247

Total expenses
 
64,372

 
61,441

 
185,705

 
184,663

Operating income
 
33,531

 
29,042


91,902


77,398

Interest expense
 
(12,367
)
 
(12,317
)
 
(37,826
)
 
(37,062
)
Gain on previously held interest in acquired joint venture
 
26,002

 

 
26,002

 

Income before equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated joint ventures
 
47,166

 
16,725

 
80,078

 
40,336

Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated joint ventures
 
9,014

 
(555
)
 
10,107

 
(2,874
)
Net income
 
56,180

 
16,170


90,185


37,462

Noncontrolling interests in Operating Partnership
 
(2,787
)
 
(836
)
 
(4,435
)
 
(2,315
)
Noncontrolling interests in other consolidated partnerships
 
(99
)
 
(7
)
 
(129
)
 
25

Net income attributable to Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.
 
$
53,294

 
$
15,327


$
85,621


$
35,172

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

Net income
 
$
0.56

 
$
0.16

 
$
0.91

 
$
0.38

Diluted earnings per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
$
0.56

 
$
0.16

 
$
0.90

 
$
0.37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends paid per common share
 
$
0.225

 
$
0.210

 
$
0.660

 
$
0.620

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

7



TANGER FACTORY OUTLET CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands, unaudited)
 
 
Three months ended
 
Nine months ended
 
 
September 30,
 
September 30,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
Net income
 
$
56,180

 
$
16,170

 
$
90,185

 
$
37,462

Other comprehensive income (loss)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Reclassification adjustments for amounts recognized in net income
 
(94
)
 
(88
)
 
(147
)
 
(261
)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
(79
)
 
(73
)
 
124

 
(39
)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
 
(173
)
 
(161
)
 
(23
)
 
(300
)
Comprehensive income
 
56,007

 
16,009

 
90,162

 
37,162

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
(2,877
)
 
(835
)
 
(4,562
)
 
(2,273
)
Comprehensive income attributable to Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.
 
$
53,130

 
$
15,174

 
$
85,600

 
$
34,889

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


8



TANGER FACTORY OUTLET CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
(In thousands, except share and per share data, unaudited)


 
 
Common shares
Paid in capital
Accumulated distributions in excess of earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Total Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. equity
Noncontrolling interests in Operating Partnership
Noncontrolling
interests in
other consolidated partnerships
Total
 equity
Balance,
December 31, 2011
 
$
867

$
720,073

$
(261,913
)
$
1,535

$
460,562

$
61,027

$
6,843

$
528,432

Net income
 


53,228


53,228

3,267

(19
)
56,476

Other comprehensive loss
 



(335
)
(335
)
(21
)

(356
)
Compensation under Incentive Award Plan
 

10,676



10,676



10,676

Issuance of 37,700 common shares upon exercise of options
 

481



481



481

Grant of 566,000 restricted shares, net of forfeitures
 
6

(6
)






Adjustment for noncontrolling interests in Operating Partnership
 

34,910



34,910

(34,910
)


Adjustment for noncontrolling interests in other consolidated partnerships
 

(10
)


(10
)

10


Exchange of 6,730,028 Operating Partnership units for 6,730,028 common shares
 
68

(68
)






Common dividends ($0.83 per share)
 


(76,903
)

(76,903
)


(76,903
)
Distributions to noncontrolling interest in Operating Partnership
 





(4,931
)

(4,931
)
Balance, December 31, 2012
 
$
941

$
766,056

$
(285,588
)
$
1,200

$
482,609

$
24,432

$
6,834

$
513,875

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 











 
 








 
 








 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 










9



TANGER FACTORY OUTLET CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
(In thousands, except share and per share data, unaudited)
(Continued)
 
 
Common shares
Paid in capital
Accumulated distributions in excess of earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Total Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. equity
Noncontrolling interests in Operating Partnership
Noncontrolling
interests in
other consolidated partnerships
Total
 equity
Balance, December 31, 2012
 
$
941

$
766,056

$
(285,588
)
$
1,200

$
482,609

$
24,432

$
6,834

$
513,875

Net income
 


85,621


85,621

4,435

129

90,185

Other comprehensive loss
 



(21
)
(21
)
(2
)

(23
)
Compensation under Incentive Award Plan
 

8,614



8,614



8,614

Issuance of 17,600 common shares upon exercise of options
 

332



332



332

Issuance of 450,576 Operating Partnership limited partner units
 





13,981


13,981

Grant of 337,373 restricted shares, net of forfeitures
 
3

(3
)






Adjustment for noncontrolling interests in Operating Partnership
 

11,095



11,095

(11,095
)


Adjustment for noncontrolling interests in other consolidated partnerships
 

(578
)


(578
)

578


Acquisition of noncontrolling interests in other consolidated partnerships
 






(525
)
(525
)
Exchange of 67,428 Operating Partnership units for 67,428 common shares
 
1

(1
)






Common dividends ($.66 per share)
 


(62,206
)

(62,206
)


(62,206
)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests in Operating Partnership
 





(3,136
)
(140
)
(3,276
)
Balance,
September 30, 2013
 
$
945

$
785,515

$
(262,173
)
$
1,179

$
525,466

$
28,615

$
6,876

$
560,957


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.




10



TANGER FACTORY OUTLET CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands, unaudited)
 
 
Nine months ended
 
 
September 30,
 
 
2013
 
2012
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 

Net income
 
$
90,185

 
$
37,462

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
68,683

 
75,247

Amortization of deferred financing costs
 
1,795

 
1,722

Gain on previously held interest in acquired joint venture
 
(26,002
)
 

Equity in (earnings) losses of unconsolidated joint ventures
 
(10,107
)
 
2,874

Distributions of cumulative earnings from unconsolidated joint ventures
 
4,415

 
740

Share-based compensation expense
 
8,363

 
8,231

Amortization of debt (premiums) and discounts, net
 
(767
)
 
(753
)
Net amortization (accretion) of market rent rate adjustments
 
389

 
(489
)
Straight-line rent adjustments
 
(4,068
)
 
(2,866
)
Changes in other assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Other assets
 
236

 
(1,336
)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
 
3,947

 
8,331

Net cash provided by operating activities
 
137,069

 
129,163

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
Additions to rental property
 
(40,578
)
 
(31,157
)
Acquisition of interest in unconsolidated joint venture, net of cash acquired
 
(11,271
)
 

Additions to investments in and notes receivable from unconsolidated joint ventures
 
(140,373
)
 
(57,810
)
Additions to non-real estate assets
 
(7,768
)
 

Distributions in excess of cumulative earnings from unconsolidated joint ventures
 
45,891

 
336

Additions to deferred lease costs
 
(3,381
)
 
(3,430
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(157,480
)
 
(92,061
)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
Cash dividends paid
 
(62,206
)
 
(57,202
)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests in Operating Partnership
 
(3,136
)
 
(3,900
)
Proceeds from debt issuances
 
500,003

 
491,477

Repayments of debt
 
(413,806
)
 
(463,705
)
Acquisition of noncontrolling interests in other consolidated partnerships
 
(525
)
 

Distributions to noncontrolling interests in other consolidated partnerships
 
(67
)
 

Additions to deferred financing costs
 
(37
)
 
(2,527
)
Proceeds from exercise of options
 
332

 
372

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
20,558

 
(35,485
)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
 
147

 
1,617

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
 
10,335

 
7,894

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
 
$
10,482

 
$
9,511

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

11



Item 1 - Financial Statements of Tanger Properties Limited Partnership

TANGER PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, unaudited)
 
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31,
2012
ASSETS
 
 

 
 

Rental property
 
 

 
 

Land
 
$
230,417

 
$
148,002

Buildings, improvements and fixtures
 
2,004,882

 
1,796,042

Construction in progress
 
4,375

 
3,308

 
 
2,239,674

 
1,947,352

Accumulated depreciation
 
(636,035
)
 
(582,859
)
Total rental property, net
 
1,603,639

 
1,364,493

Cash and cash equivalents
 
10,458

 
10,295

Investments in unconsolidated joint ventures
 
136,922

 
126,632

Deferred lease costs and other intangibles, net
 
171,702

 
107,415

Deferred debt origination costs, net
 
7,275

 
9,083

Prepaids and other assets
 
71,531

 
60,408

Total assets
 
$
2,001,527

 
$
1,678,326

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 

 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
Debt
 
 
 
 
Senior, unsecured notes (net of discount of $1,753 and $1,967, respectively)
 
$
548,247

 
$
548,033

Unsecured term loans (net of discount of $435 and $547, respectively)
 
267,065

 
259,453

Mortgages payable (including premiums of $3,963 and $6,362, respectively)
 
251,533

 
107,745

Unsecured lines of credit
 
259,000

 
178,306

Total debt
 
1,325,845

 
1,093,537

Construction trade payables
 
5,272

 
7,084

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
 
47,964

 
40,675

Deferred financing obligation
 
28,388

 

Other liabilities
 
33,101

 
23,155

Total liabilities
 
1,440,570

 
1,164,451

Commitments and contingencies
 


 


Equity
 
 
 
 
Partners' Equity
 
 
 
 
General partner
 
4,978

 
4,720

Limited partners
 
548,019

 
501,214

Accumulated other comprehensive income
 
1,084

 
1,107

Total partners' equity
 
554,081

 
507,041

Noncontrolling interests in consolidated partnerships
 
6,876

 
6,834

Total equity
 
560,957

 
513,875

Total liabilities and equity
 
$
2,001,527

 
$
1,678,326

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

12



TANGER PROPERITES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per unit data, unaudited)
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
Revenues
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Base rentals
 
$
64,301

 
$
59,662

 
$
184,591

 
$
175,464

Percentage rentals
 
3,084

 
3,180

 
6,956

 
6,542

Expense reimbursements
 
27,414

 
24,908

 
78,544

 
73,777

Other income
 
3,104

 
2,733

 
7,516

 
6,278

Total revenues
 
97,903

 
90,483


277,607


262,061

Expenses
 


 


 


 
 
Property operating
 
29,863

 
27,614

 
86,819

 
81,679

General and administrative
 
9,754

 
9,018

 
29,240

 
27,737

Acquisition costs
 
532

 

 
963

 

Depreciation and amortization
 
24,223

 
24,809

 
68,683

 
75,247

Total expenses
 
64,372

 
61,441


185,705


184,663

Operating income
 
33,531

 
29,042


91,902


77,398

Interest expense
 
(12,367
)
 
(12,317
)
 
(37,826
)
 
(37,062
)
Gain on previously held interest in acquired joint venture
 
26,002

 

 
26,002

 

Income before equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated joint ventures
 
47,166

 
16,725


80,078


40,336

Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated joint ventures
 
9,014

 
(555
)
 
10,107

 
(2,874
)
Net income
 
56,180

 
16,170


90,185


37,462

Noncontrolling interests in consolidated partnerships
 
(99
)
 
(7
)
 
(129
)
 
25

Net income available to partners
 
56,081

 
16,163


90,056


37,487

Net income available to limited partners
 
55,510

 
15,998

 
89,138

 
37,103

Net income available to general partner
 
$
571

 
$
165


$
918


$
384

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per common unit:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net income
 
$
0.56

 
$
0.16

 
$
0.91

 
$
0.38

Diluted earnings per common unit:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net income
 
$
0.56

 
$
0.16

 
$
0.90

 
$
0.37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Distribution paid per common unit
 
$
0.225

 
$
0.210

 
$
0.660

 
$
0.620

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

13



TANGER PROPERITES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands, unaudited)

 
 
Three months ended
 
Nine months ended
 
 
September 30,
 
September 30,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
Net income
 
$
56,180

 
$
16,170

 
$
90,185

 
$
37,462

Other comprehensive income (loss)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reclassification adjustments for amounts recognized in net income
 
(94
)
 
(88
)
 
(147
)
 
(261
)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
(79
)
 
(73
)
 
124

 
(39
)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
 
(173
)
 
(161
)
 
(23
)
 
(300
)
Comprehensive income
 
56,007

 
16,009

 
90,162

 
37,162

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests in consolidated partnerships
 
(99
)
 
(7
)
 
(129
)
 
25

Comprehensive income attributable to the Operating Partnership
 
$
55,908

 
$
16,002

 
$
90,033

 
$
37,187

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


14



TANGER PROPERITES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
(In thousands, except unit and per unit data, unaudited)

 
 
General partner
Limited partners
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Total partners' equity
Noncontrolling interests in consolidated partnerships
Total equity
Balance, December 31, 2011
 
$
4,972

$
515,154

$
1,463

$
521,589

$
6,843

$
528,432

Net income
 
578

55,917


56,495

(19
)
56,476

Other comprehensive loss
 


(356
)
(356
)

(356
)
Compensation under Incentive Award Plan
 

10,676


10,676


10,676

Issuance of 37,700 common units upon exercise of options
 

481


481


481

Grant of 566,000 restricted units, net of forfeitures
 






Adjustments for noncontrolling interests in consolidated partnerships
 

(10
)

(10
)
10


Common distributions ($.83 per common unit)
 
(830
)
(81,004
)

(81,834
)

(81,834
)
Balance, December 31, 2012
 
4,720

501,214

1,107

507,041

6,834

513,875

Net income
 
918

89,138


90,056

129

90,185

Other comprehensive income
 


(23
)
(23
)

(23
)
Compensation under Incentive Award Plan
 

8,614


8,614


8,614

Issuance of 17,600 common units upon exercise of options
 

332


332


332

Issuance of 450,576 limited partner units
 

13,981


13,981


13,981

Grant of 337,373 restricted units, net of forfeitures
 






Adjustment for noncontrolling interests in other consolidated partnerships
 

(578
)

(578
)
578


Acquisition of noncontrolling interests in other consolidated partnerships
 




(525
)
(525
)
Common distributions ($.66 per common unit)
 
(660
)
(64,682
)

(65,342
)
(140
)
(65,482
)
Balance, September 30, 2013
 
$
4,978

$
548,019

$
1,084

$
554,081

$
6,876

$
560,957

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.



15



TANGER PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands, unaudited)
 
 
Nine months ended
 
 
September 30,
 
 
2013
 
2012
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 

 
 

Net income
 
$
90,185

 
$
37,462

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 


Depreciation and amortization
 
68,683

 
75,247

Amortization of deferred financing costs
 
1,795

 
1,722

Gain on previously held interest in acquired joint venture
 
(26,002
)
 

Equity in (earnings) losses of unconsolidated joint ventures
 
(10,107
)
 
2,874

Distributions of cumulative earnings from unconsolidated joint ventures
 
4,415

 
740

Equity-based compensation expense
 
8,363

 
8,231

Amortization of debt (premiums) and discounts, net
 
(767
)
 
(753
)
Net amortization (accretion) of market rent rate adjustments
 
389

 
(489
)
Straight-line rent adjustments
 
(4,068
)
 
(2,866
)
Changes in other assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Other assets
 
214

 
(1,274
)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
 
3,985

 
8,290

Net cash provided by operating activities
 
137,085

 
129,184

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
Additions to rental property
 
(40,578
)
 
(31,157
)
Acquisition of interest in unconsolidated joint venture, net of cash acquired
 
(11,271
)
 

Additions to investments in and notes receivable from unconsolidated joint ventures
 
(140,373
)
 
(57,810
)
Additions to non-real estate assets
 
(7,768
)
 

Distributions in excess of cumulative earnings from unconsolidated joint ventures
 
45,891

 
336

Additions to deferred lease costs
 
(3,381
)
 
(3,430
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(157,480
)
 
(92,061
)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
Cash distributions paid
 
(65,342
)
 
(61,102
)
Proceeds from debt issuances
 
500,003

 
491,477

Repayments of debt
 
(413,806
)
 
(463,705
)
Acquisition of noncontrolling interests in consolidated partnerships
 
(525
)
 

Distributions to noncontrolling interests in consolidated partnerships
 
(67
)
 

Additions to deferred financing costs
 
(37
)
 
(2,527
)
Proceeds from exercise of options
 
332

 
372

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
20,558

 
(35,485
)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
 
163

 
1,638

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
 
10,295

 
7,866

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
 
$
10,458

 
$
9,504

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

16



TANGER FACTORY OUTLET CENTERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
TANGER PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIAIRES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Business
Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. and subsidiaries is one of the largest owners and operators of outlet centers in the United States. We are a fully-integrated, self-administered and self-managed real estate investment trust ("REIT") which, through our controlling interest in the Operating Partnership, focuses exclusively on developing, acquiring, owning, operating and managing outlet shopping centers. As of September 30, 2013 , we owned and operated 37 outlet centers, with a total gross leasable area of approximately 11.5 million square feet. We also had partial ownership interests in 6 outlet centers totaling approximately 1.4 million square feet, including 3 outlet centers in Canada.

Our outlet centers and other assets are held by, and all of our operations are conducted by, Tanger Properties Limited Partnership and subsidiaries. Accordingly, the descriptions of our business, employees and properties are also descriptions of the business, employees and properties of the Operating Partnership. Unless the context indicates otherwise, the term, "Company", refers to Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. and subsidiaries and the term, "Operating Partnership", refers to Tanger Properties Limited Partnership and subsidiaries. The terms "we", "our" and "us" refer to the Company or the Company and the Operating Partnership together, as the text requires.

The Company owns the majority of the units of partnership interest issued by the Operating Partnership through its two wholly-owned subsidiaries, Tanger GP Trust and Tanger LP Trust. Tanger GP Trust controls the Operating Partnership as its sole general partner. Tanger LP Trust holds a limited partnership interest. As of September 30, 2013 , the Company, through its ownership of Tanger GP Trust and Tanger LP Trust, owned 94,478,785 units of the Operating Partnership and other limited partners collectively owned 5,145,012 units.

2. Basis of Presentation
The unaudited consolidated financial statements included herein have been prepared pursuant to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of the Company's and the Operating Partnership's combined Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 . The December 31, 2012 balance sheet data in this Form 10-Q was derived from audited financial statements. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted pursuant to the SEC's rules and regulations, although management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the financial statements for the interim periods have been made. The results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for a full year.

Investments in real estate joint ventures that we do not control are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. These investments are recorded initially at cost and subsequently adjusted for our equity in the venture's net income (loss), cash contributions, distributions and other adjustments required under the equity method of accounting. These investments are evaluated for impairment when necessary. Control is determined using an evaluation based on accounting standards related to the consolidation of voting interest entities and variable interest entities. For joint ventures that are determined to be variable interest entities, we consolidate the entity where we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary.

Noncontrolling interests in the Operating Partnership relate to the interests owned by limited partners other than Tanger LP Trust. In August 2013, the Operating Partnership's operating agreement was amended to, among other things, effect a four -for-one split by issuing to its existing holders four units of partnership interest for every one unit outstanding. After the effect of the split, each unit of partnership interest held by limited partners not wholly owned by the Company may be exchanged for one common share of the Company. Prior to the split, each unit held by the limited partners not wholly owned by the Company was exchangeable for four common shares of the Company. All references to the number of units outstanding and per unit amounts reflect the effect of the split for all periods presented.


17



The noncontrolling interests in other consolidated partnerships consist of outside equity interests in partnerships not wholly owned by the Company or the Operating Partnership that are consolidated with the financial results of the Company and Operating Partnership because the Operating Partnership exercises control over the entities that own the properties.

Certain amounts related to reimbursements of payroll related expenses from unconsolidated joint ventures in the statement of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 have been reclassified to the caption “expense reimbursements” from the caption “other income” to conform to the presentation of the consolidated statement of operations presented for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2013.  

In addition, we have corrected the classification of certain amounts related to above and below market lease contracts in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and Operating Partnership as of December 31, 2012. The amounts were previously reported net within the deferred lease costs and other intangibles, net line item. Below market lease values, net of accumulated amortization, in the amount of $6.4 million have been reclassified into the other liabilities line item in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012. These revisions were not considered material to the previously issued financial statements.


3. Acquisition of Rental Property

In August 2013, Deer Park completed a refinancing of its existing debt and then immediately restructured the ownership whereby we acquired an additional ownership interest in the property from one of the partners which gave us a controlling interest. With the acquisition of this additional interest, we have consolidated the property for financial reporting purposes since the acquisition date, and remeasured our previously held interest that was accounted for as an equity method investment.

Prior to the acquisition, Deer Park successfully negotiated new financing of the debt obligations for the previous mortgage and mezzanine loans totaling approximately $238.5 million , with a $150.0 million mortgage loan. The new five year mortgage loan bears interest at a 150 basis point spread over LIBOR. The previous mortgage and mezzanine loans were in default, and as part of the refinancing, all default interest associated with the loans was waived. Utilizing funding from our existing unsecured lines of credit, we loaned approximately $89.5 million at a rate of LIBOR plus 3.25% and due on August 30, 2020 to the Deer Park joint venture representing the remaining amount necessary to repay the previous mortgage and mezzanine loans. As a result of the refinancing, Deer Park recorded a gain on early extinguishment of debt of approximately $13.8 million . Our share of this gain and the income from the settlement of a lawsuit with a third party was approximately $7.8 million and has been included in equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated joint ventures in the consolidated statement of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013.

Subsequent to the debt extinguishment, we acquired an additional one-third interest in the Deer Park property from one of the partners, bringing our total ownership to a two-thirds interest, for total consideration of approximately $27.9 million , including $13.9 million in cash and 450,576 in common limited partnership units of Tanger Properties Limited Partnership, which are exchangeable for an equivalent number of the Company's common shares. This transaction was accounted for as a business combination resulting in the assets acquired and liabilities assumed being recorded at fair value as a result of the step acquisition. Prior to the acquisition, the joint venture was considered a variable interest entity and was accounted for under the equity method of accounting since we did not have the ability to direct the significant activities that affect the economic performance of the venture as a one-third owner. Upon acquiring an additional one-third interest, we determined, based on the acquisition agreement and other transaction documents which amended our rights with respect to the property and our obligations with respect to the additional one-third interest, that we control the property assets and direct the property s significant activities and therefore, consolidate the property s assets and liabilities.
 

18



The following table illustrates the fair value of the total consideration transferred and the amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands):

Cash transferred
$
13,939

Common limited partnership units issued
13,981

Fair value of total consideration transferred to acquire one-third interest
27,920

Fair value of our previously held one-third interest
27,920

Fair value of one-third interest owned by the remaining partner
27,920

Fair value of net assets acquired
$
83,760





The aggregate purchase price of the property has been allocated as follows:

 
 
Fair Value
 (in thousands)
 
Weighted-Average Amortization Period (in years)
Land
 
$
82,413

 
 
Buildings, improvements and fixtures
 
172,694

 
 
Deferred lease costs and other intangibles
 
 
 
 
Above market lease value
 
18,807

 
11.9
Below market lease value
 
(12,658
)
 
18.5
Lease in place value
 
28,846

 
7.6
Tenant relationships
 
27,594

 
19.0
Lease and legal costs
 
1,724

 
8.9
Total deferred lease costs and other intangibles, net
 
64,313

 
 
Other identifiable assets and liabilities assumed, net
 
2,265

 
 
Debt
 
(237,925
)
 
 
Total fair value of net assets acquired
 
$
83,760

 
 

There was no contingent consideration associated with this acquisition. We incurred approximately $772,000 in third-party acquisition costs which were expensed as incurred. As a part of the acquisition accounting, we recorded a gain of $26.0 million which represented the difference between the carrying book value and the fair value of our previously held equity method investment in Deer Park.

Although we do not anticipate any changes in the fair value measurements of the acquisitions, the measurements may be subject to change within 12 months of the business combination date if new facts or circumstances are brought to our attention that were previously unknown but existed as of the business combination date.


19



Following the acquisition, we and the remaining one-third owner of the Deer Park property restructured certain aspects of our ownership of the property, whereby we receive substantially all of the economics generated by the property and would have substantial control over the property's financial activities. We and the remaining one-third owner of the Deer Park property entered into a triple net lease agreement with a different wholly-owned subsidiary of ours which operates the property as lessee. Under the new structure, we will serve as property manager and control the management, leasing, marketing and other operations of the property. We and the remaining one-third property owner will receive, in proportion to our respective ownership interests, fixed annual lease payments of approximately $2.5 million , plus an amount necessary to pay the interest expense on debt related to the property. In addition, we and the remaining property owner have entered into an agreement whereby they may require us to acquire their ownership interest in the property on the second anniversary of the acquisition date for a price of $28.4 million , and we have the option to acquire their ownership interest on the fourth anniversary of the acquisition date at the same price. Due to the other partner's ability to require us to purchase their interest, we have recorded an obligation to redeem their interest at the redemption price as a deferred financing obligation in the other liabilities section of the balance sheet.

The results of operations from the property are included in the consolidated statements of operations beginning on the acquisition date. The aggregate revenues and net loss from the property from the acquisition date through September 30, 2013, were $3.2 million and $337,000 , respectively. The following unaudited condensed pro forma financial information for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 is presented as if the acquisition had been consummated as of January 1, 2012, the beginning of the previous reporting period (in thousands, except per share data):
 
 
(Pro forma)
 
(Pro forma)
 
 
Three months ended
 
Nine months ended
 
 
September 30,
 
September 30,
 
 
2013

2012
 
2013

2012
Total Revenue
 
$
104,326

 
$
98,905

 
$
300,931

 
$
286,452

Income from continuing operations
 
29,417

 
15,041

 
61,700

 
60,333

Net income attributable to Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.
 
27,861

 
14,257

 
58,466

 
58,102

Basic earnings per common share
 
0.30

 
0.15

 
0.62

 
0.63

Diluted earnings per common share
 
0.29

 
0.15

 
0.61

 
0.62




4. Investments in Unconsolidated Real Estate Joint Ventures
Our investments in unconsolidated joint ventures as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 aggregated $136.9 million and $126.6 million , respectively. We have concluded based on the current facts and circumstances that the equity method of accounting should be used to account for each of the individual joint ventures below. At September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we were members of the following unconsolidated real estate joint ventures:
As of September 30, 2013
Joint Venture
 
Center Location
 
Ownership %
 
Square Feet
 
Carrying Value of Investment
 (in millions)
 
Total Joint Venture Debt
 (in millions)
Charlotte
 
Charlotte, NC
 
50.0
%
 

 
$
5.9

 
$

Galveston/Houston
 
Texas City, TX
 
50.0
%
 
347,930

 
7.7

 
65.0

National Harbor
 
Washington D.C. Metro Area
 
50.0
%
 

 
17.5

 
28.1

RioCan Canada
 
Various
 
50.0
%
 
434,162

 
86.7

 
18.8

Westgate
 
Glendale, AZ
 
58.0
%
 
331,739

 
16.4

 
43.0

Wisconsin Dells
 
Wisconsin Dells, WI
 
50.0
%
 
265,086

 
2.5

 
24.3

Other
 
 
 


 

 
0.2

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
136.9

 
$
179.2


20



As of December 31, 2012
Joint Venture
 
Center Location
 
Ownership %
 
Square Feet
 
Carrying Value of Investment (in millions)
 
Total Joint Venture Debt
(in millions)
Deer Park
 
Deer Park,
Long Island, NY
 
33.3
%
 
741,981

 
$
3.0

 
$
246.9

Deer Park Warehouse
 
Deer Park,
Long Island, NY
 
33.3
%
 
29,253

 

 
1.9

Galveston/Houston
 
Texas City, TX
 
50.0
%
 
352,705

 
36.7

 

National Harbor
 
Washington D.C. Metro Area
 
50.0
%
 

 
2.6

 

RioCan Canada
 
Various
 
50.0
%
 
434,562

 
62.2

 
20.1

Westgate
 
Glendale, AZ
 
58.0
%
 
332,234

 
19.1

 
32.0

Wisconsin Dells
 
Wisconsin Dells, WI
 
50.0
%
 
265,086

 
2.8

 
24.3

Other
 
 
 
 
 

 
0.2

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
126.6

 
$
325.2


These investments are recorded initially at cost and subsequently adjusted for our equity in the venture's net income (loss), cash contributions, distributions and other adjustments required by the equity method of accounting as described below.

The following management, development, leasing and marketing fees were recognized from services provided to our unconsolidated joint ventures (in thousands):
 
 
Three months ended

Nine months ended
 
 
September 30,

September 30,
 
 
2013

2012

2013

2012
Fee:
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

Development
 
$
(6
)
 
$
8

 
$
57

 
$
8

Loan Guarantee
 
40

 
16

 
121

 
16

Management and leasing
 
761

 
554

 
2,391

 
1,507

Marketing
 
93

 
61

 
301

 
161

Total Fees
 
$
888

 
$
639

 
$
2,870

 
$
1,692


Our investments in real estate joint ventures are reduced by the percentage of the profits earned for leasing and development services associated with our ownership interest in each joint venture. Our carrying value of investments in unconsolidated joint ventures differs from our share of the assets reported in the "Summary Balance Sheets - Unconsolidated Joint Ventures" shown below due to adjustments to the book basis, including intercompany profits on sales of services that are capitalized by the unconsolidated joint ventures. The differences in basis are amortized over the various useful lives of the related assets.

Charlotte, North Carolina

In May 2013, we formed a 50 /50 joint venture for the development of an outlet center in the Charlotte, NC market. Subsequently, during the third quarter of 2013, the joint venture began construction on the outlet center which will be located eight miles southwest of uptown Charlotte at the interchange of I-485 and Steele Creek Road (NC Highway 160), the two major thoroughfares for the city. The approximately 400,000 square foot project will feature approximately 90 brand name and designer stores and is expected to open during the third quarter of 2014.

As of September 30, 2013, we and our partner had each contributed approximately $5.9 million in cash to the joint venture to fund development activities. We are providing development services to the project; and with our partner, are jointly providing leasing services. Our partner will provide property management and marketing services to the center once open.

21




Deer Park, Long Island, New York

As described in Note 3, we acquired an additional one-third ownership interest in Deer Park and have consolidated the property for financial reporting purposes since the acquisition date.

Deer Park Warehouse, Long Island, New York

In March 2013, in connection with a loan forbearance agreement signed in 2012 with the lender to the joint venture, the warehouse property was sold for approximately $1.2 million . The proceeds were used to satisfy the terms of the forbearance agreement. There was no impact to the net income of the joint venture as a result of this sale and the retirement of the associated mortgage debt.

Galveston/Houston, Texas

Tanger Outlets Texas City, which opened on October 19, 2012 , was initially fully funded with equal equity contributions to the joint venture by us and our 50 /50 joint venture partner. In July 2013, the joint venture closed on a mortgage loan with the ability to borrow up to $70.0 million with a rate of LIBOR + 1.50% and a maturity date of July 1, 2017 , and with the option to extend the maturity for one additional year. The joint venture received total loan proceeds of $65.0 million and distributed the proceeds equally to the partners.


22



National Harbor, Washington, D.C. Metro Area

In May 2011, we announced the formation of a joint venture for the development of a Tanger Outlet Center at National Harbor in the Washington, D.C. Metro area. The planned Tanger Outlet Center is expected to open in time for the 2013 holiday shopping season with approximately 80 brand name and designer outlet stores in a center containing approximately 340,000 square feet. In November 2012, the joint venture broke ground and began development. Both parties have made equity contributions of $17.2 million to fund certain development costs. In May 2013, the joint venture closed on a construction loan with the ability to borrow up to $62.0 million and which carries an interest rate of LIBOR + 1.65% . As of September 30, 2013 the balance on the loan was $28.1 million . We provide property management, leasing and marketing services to the joint venture; and with our partner, are jointly providing site development and construction supervision services.

RioCan Canada

We have entered into a 50 /50 co-ownership agreement with RioCan Real Estate Investment Trust ("RioCan Joint Venture") to develop and acquire outlet centers in Canada. Any projects developed or acquired will be branded as Tanger Outlet Centers. We have agreed to provide leasing and marketing services to the venture and RioCan will provide development and property management services.

In March of 2013 the RioCan Joint Venture acquired the land adjacent to the existing Cookstown Outlet Mall for $ 13.9 million . The land is being used for the joint venture's expansion of the Cookstown Outlet Mall which began in May 2013. The expansion, which is expected to open in the fourth quarter of 2014, will add approximately 153,000 square feet to the center and will add approximately 35 new brand name and designer outlet stores to the center.

Also, during the second quarter of 2013, the joint venture purchased land for $28.7 million and broke ground on Tanger Outlets Ottawa, the first ground up development of a Tanger Outlet Center in Canada. Located in suburban Kanata off the TransCanada Highway (Highway 417) at Palladium Drive , this center will contain approximately 303,000 square feet and will feature approximately 80 brand name and designer outlet stores. The center is currently expected to open in the fourth quarter of 2014.

Additionally, the RioCan Joint Venture partners have decided not to proceed with the proposed development at Mississauga’s Heartland Town Centre, west of Toronto, at the current time.

We evaluate our real estate joint ventures in accordance with the Consolidation guidance of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC"). As a result of our qualitative assessment, we concluded that our Westgate joint venture is a Variable Interest Entity ("VIE") and all of our other joint ventures are not a VIE. Westgate is considered a VIE because the voting rights are disproportionate to the economic interests. Investments in real estate joint ventures in which we have a non-controlling ownership interest are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

After making the determination that Westgate was a VIE, we performed an assessment to determine if we would be considered the primary beneficiary and thus be required to consolidate its balance sheet and results of operations. This assessment was based upon whether we had the following:

a.
The power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance

b.
The obligation to absorb losses of the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE

The operating, development, leasing, and management agreement of Westgate provides that the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the venture require unanimous consent. Accordingly, we determined that we do not have the power to direct the significant activities that affect the economic performance of the ventures and therefore, have applied the equity method of accounting for Westgate. Our equity method investment in Westgate as of September 30, 2013 was approximately $16.4 million . We are unable to estimate our maximum exposure to loss at this time because our guarantees are limited and based on the future operating performance of Westgate.

23




Condensed combined summary financial information of unconsolidated joint ventures accounted for using the equity method is as follows (in thousands):
Summary Balance Sheets - Unconsolidated Joint Ventures
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31,
2012
Assets
 
 

 
 

Land
 
$
49,184

 
$
96,455

Buildings, improvements and fixtures
 
256,652

 
493,424

Construction in progress, including land
 
138,615

 
16,338

 
 
444,451

 
606,217

Accumulated depreciation
 
(25,561
)
 
(62,547
)
Total rental property, net
 
418,890

 
543,670

Assets held for sale (1)
 

 
1,828

Cash and cash equivalents
 
13,727

 
21,879

Deferred lease costs, net
 
20,012

 
24,411

Deferred debt origination costs, net
 
1,970

 
5,213

Prepaids and other assets
 
8,167

 
25,350

Total assets
 
$
462,766

 
$
622,351

Liabilities and Owners' Equity
 
 

 
 

Mortgages payable
 
$
179,212

 
$
325,192

Construction trade payables
 
13,950

 
21,734

Accounts payable and other liabilities
 
6,253

 
31,944

Total liabilities
 
199,415

 
378,870

Owners' equity
 
263,351

 
243,481

Total liabilities and owners' equity
 
$
462,766

 
$
622,351

(1) Assets related to our Deer Park Warehouse joint venture that were sold in March 2013.

24



 
 
Three months ended
 
Nine months ended
Summary Statements of Operations
 
September 30,
 
September 30,
 - Unconsolidated Joint Ventures
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
Revenues (a)
 
$
29,013

 
$
11,985

 
$
70,961

 
$
35,249

Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Property operating
 
7,808

 
5,521

 
25,440

 
15,495

General and administrative
 
629

 
365

 
962

 
765

Acquisition costs
 
19

 

 
474

 
704

Abandoned development costs
 
19

 

 
153

 
1,390

Impairment Charge
 

 

 

 
420

Depreciation and amortization
 
6,232

 
4,283

 
21,200

 
13,191

Total expenses
 
14,707

 
10,169

 
48,229

 
31,965

Operating income
 
14,306

 
1,816

 
22,732

 
3,284

Gain on early extinguishment of debt
 
13,820

 

 
13,820

 

Interest expense
 
(2,840
)
 
(3,540
)
 
(10,406
)
 
(10,967
)
Net income (loss)
 
$
25,286

 
$
(1,724
)
 
$
26,146

 
$
(7,683
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company and Operating Partnership's share of:
 
 

 
 

Net income (loss)
 
$
9,014

 
$
(555
)
 
$
10,107

 
$
(2,874
)
Depreciation and impairment charge (real estate related)
 
$
2,861

 
$
1,641

 
$
9,465

 
$
5,249


a) Note that revenues for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 include approximately $9.5 million of other income from the settlement of a lawsuit at Deer Park prior to our acquisition of an additional one-third interest in and the consolidation of the property.

5. New Developments

Foxwoods, Connecticut

In September 2013, we broke ground at Foxwoods Resort Casino in Mashantucket, Connecticut on Tanger Outlets at Foxwoods. We own a two-thirds controlling interest in the joint venture, which will be consolidated for financial reporting purposes. The outlet center will feature approximately 80 brand name and designer tenants. The approximately 314,000 square foot project will be suspended above ground to join the casino floors of the two major hotels located within the resort, which attract millions of visitors each year. Due to the relative complexity of the project, the construction period is expected to exceed our typical development timeline and we currently expect the property to open in the second quarter of 2015.

6. Debt of the Company

All of the Company's debt is held by the Operating Partnership and its consolidated subsidiaries.

The Company guarantees the Operating Partnership's obligations with respect to its unsecured lines of credit which have a total borrowing capacity of $520.0 million . As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 , the Operating Partnership had amounts outstanding on these lines totaling $259.0 million and $178.3 million , respectively.

The Company also guarantees the Operating Partnership's unsecured term loan in the amount of $250.0 million as well as its obligation with respect to the mortgage assumed in connection with the acquisition of the outlet center in Ocean City, Maryland in July 2011.

25




7. Debt of the Operating Partnership

The debt of the Operating Partnership consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of
 
As of
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
Stated Interest Rate(s)
 
Maturity Date
 
Principal
 
Premium
 (Discount)
 
Principal
 
Premium
 (Discount)
Senior, unsecured notes:
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 

Senior notes
 
6.15
%
 
November 2015
 
$
250,000

 
$
(238
)
 
$
250,000

 
$
(317
)
Senior notes
 
6.125
%
 
June 2020
 
300,000

 
(1,515
)
 
300,000

 
(1,650
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgages payable:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Atlantic City (1)
 
5.14%-7.65%

 
November 2021- December 2026
 
49,148

 
4,189

 
52,212

 
4,495

Deer Park (2)
 
LIBOR + 1.50%

 
August 2018
 
150,000

 
(1,583
)
 

 

Hershey (1)
 
5.17%-8.00%

 
August 2015
 
30,139

 
1,141

 
30,631

 
1,581

Ocean City (1)
 
5.24
%
 
January 2016
 
18,283

 
216

 
18,540

 
285

Note payable (1)
 
1.50
%
 
June 2016
 
10,000

 
(435
)
 
10,000

 
(546
)
Unsecured term loan (3)
 
LIBOR + 1.60%

 
February 2019
 
250,000

 

 
250,000

 

Unsecured term note
 
LIBOR + 1.30%

 
August 2017
 
7,500

 

 

 

Unsecured lines of credit (4)
 
LIBOR + 1.10%

 
November 2015
 
259,000

 

 
178,306

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,324,070

 
$
1,775

 
$
1,089,689

 
$
3,848

(1)
The effective interest rates assigned during the purchase price allocation to these assumed mortgages and note payable during acquisitions in 2011 were as follows: Atlantic City 5.05% , Ocean City 4.68% , Hershey 3.40% and note payable 3.15% .

(2)
On August 30, 2013, as part of the acquisition of a controlling interest in Deer Park, we assumed an interest-only mortgage loan that has a 5 year term and carries an interest rate of LIBOR + 1.50% . In October 2013, we entered into interest rate swap agreements that fix the base LIBOR rate at an average of 1.30% , creating a contractual interest rate of 2.80% .

(3)
This unsecured term loan is pre-payable without penalty beginning in February of 2015.

(4)
At September 30, 2013, we had the option to extend the lines for one additional year to November 10, 2016 . These lines required a facility fee payment of 0.175% annually based on the total amount of the commitment. The credit spread and facility fee can vary depending on our investment grade rating. In October 2013, we amended the lines of credit which extended the maturity to October 2017 with the ability to extend for one additional year, reduced the interest rate spread over LIBOR to 1.00% and reduced the facility fee to 0.15% . Loan origination costs associated with the amendments totaled approximately $ 1.5 million .

The unsecured lines of credit and senior unsecured notes include covenants that require the maintenance of certain ratios, including debt service coverage and leverage, and limit the payment of dividends such that dividends and distributions will not exceed funds from operations, as defined in the agreements, for the prior fiscal year on an annual basis or 95% of funds from operations on a cumulative basis. As of September 30, 2013 we were in compliance with all of our debt covenants.


26



Debt Maturities

Maturities of the existing long-term debt as of September 30, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):
Calendar Year
 
Amount

2013
 
$
871

2014
 
3,603

2015
 
541,344

2016
 
30,283

2017
 
10,508

Thereafter
 
737,461

Subtotal
 
1,324,070

Net premiums
 
1,775

Total
 
$
1,325,845

  

8. Shareholders' Equity of the Company

Throughout the first nine months of 2013 , limited partners of the Operating Partnership exchanged a total of 67,428 Operating Partnership units for an equal number of common shares of the Company. After the above described exchanges, the limited partners not wholly owned by the Company owned 5,145,012 Operating Partnership units which were exchangeable for an equal number of Company common shares.


9. Partners' Equity of the Operating Partnership

The ownership interests of the Operating Partnership as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, consisted of the following:
 
 
September 30,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
Common units:
 
 

 
 

General partner
 
1,000,000

 
1,000,000

Limited partners
 
98,623,797

 
97,823,248

Total common units
 
99,623,797

 
98,823,248


During the third quarter of 2013, the Operating Partnership's operating agreement was amended to, among other things, effect a four -for-one split by issuing to its existing holders four units of partnership interest for every one unit outstanding. After the effect of the split, each unit of partnership interest held by limited partners not wholly owned by the Company may be exchanged for one common share of the Company. Prior to the split, each unit held by the limited partners not wholly owned by the Company was exchangeable for four common shares of the Company. All references to the number of units outstanding and per unit amounts reflect the effect of the split for all periods presented.

Also, in August 2013 as disclosed in Note 3, the Operating Partnership issued 450,576 common limited partnership units, as partial consideration for the acquisition of an additional one-third interest in Deer Park.



27




10. Equity Based Compensation of the Company

We have a shareholder approved share-based compensation plan, the Amended and Restated Incentive Award Plan of Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. and Tanger Properties Limited Partnership (the "Plan"), which covers our independent directors, officers and our employees. When shares are issued by the Company, the Operating Partnership issues corresponding units to the Company, based on the current exchange ratio as provided by the Operating Partnership agreement. Therefore, when the Company grants an equity based award, the Operating Partnership treats each award as having been granted by the Operating Partnership.

During February 2013, the Company's Board of Directors approved grants of 349,373 restricted common shares to the Company's independent directors and the Company's senior executive officers. The grant date fair value of the awards ranged from $28.84 to $36.05 per share. The independent directors' restricted common shares vest ratably over a three year period and the senior executive officers' restricted shares vest ratably over a five year period. For the grants to certain senior executive officers, the grants have a provision that requires the senior officers to hold the shares for a minimum of three years following the vesting date. Compensation expense related to the amortization of the deferred compensation is being recognized in accordance with the vesting schedule of the restricted shares.

In February 2013, the Compensation Committee of the Company approved the general terms of the Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. 2013 Outperformance Plan (the “2013 OPP"). The 2013 OPP provides for the grant of performance shares under the Amended and Restated Incentive Award Plan of Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.

The 2013 OPP is a long-term incentive compensation plan pursuant to which award recipients may earn up to an aggregate of 315,150 restricted common shares of the Company based on the Company’s absolute share price appreciation (or total shareholder return) and its share price appreciation relative to its peer group, over a three year measurement period from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2015. The maximum number of shares will be earned under this plan if the Company both (a) achieves 35% or higher share price appreciation, inclusive of all dividends paid, over the three -year measurement period and (b) is in the 70th or greater percentile of its peer group for total shareholder return over the three -year measurement period. The maximum value of the awards that could be earned on December 31, 2015, if the Company achieves or exceeds the 35% share price appreciation and is in the 70th or greater percentile of its peer group for total shareholder return over the three -year measurement period, will equal approximately $13.25 million .

Any shares earned on December 31, 2015 are also subject to a time based vesting schedule, with 50% of the shares vesting on January 4, 2016 and the remaining 50% vesting on January 3, 2017, contingent upon continued employment with the Company through the vesting dates.

With respect to 70% of the performance shares (or 220,605 shares), 33.33% of this portion of the award (or 73,535 shares) will be earned if the Company’s aggregate share price appreciation, inclusive of all dividends paid during this period, equals 25% over the three -year measurement period, 66.67% of the award (or 147,070 shares) will be earned if the Company’s aggregate share price appreciation, inclusive of all dividends paid during this period equals 30% , and 100.00% of this portion of the award (or 220,605 shares) will be earned if the Company’s aggregate share price appreciation, inclusive of all dividends paid during this period, equals 35% or higher.

With respect to 30% of the performance shares (or 94,545 shares), 33.33% of this portion of the award (or 31,515 shares) will be earned if the Company's share price appreciation inclusive of all dividends paid is in the 50th percentile of its peer group over the three -year measurement period, 66.67% of this portion of the award (or 63,030 shares) will be earned if the Company's share price appreciation inclusive of all dividends paid is in the 60th percentile of its peer group during this period, and 100.00% of this portion of the award (or 94,545 shares) will be earned if the Company's share price appreciation inclusive of all dividends paid is in the 70th percentile of its peer group or greater during this period. The peer group will be based on the SNL Equity REIT index.

The performance shares will convert on a pro-rata basis by linear interpolation between share price appreciation thresholds, both for absolute share price appreciation and for relative share price appreciation amongst the Company's peer group. The share price targets will be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis with respect to any dividend payments made during the measurement period. The compensation expense is amortized using the graded vesting attribution method over the requisite service period. The fair value of the awards are calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation pricing model.

28




We recorded share-based compensation expense in general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of operations as follows (in thousands):
 
 
Three months ended
 
Nine months ended
 
 
September 30,
 
September 30,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
Restricted common shares (1)
 
$
2,141

 
$
1,886

 
$
6,162

 
$
6,600

Notional unit performance awards
 
778

 
495

 
2,069

 
1,475

Options
 
45

 
53

 
132

 
156

Total share-based compensation
 
$
2,964

 
$
2,434

 
$
8,363

 
$
8,231

(1)
For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, includes approximately $1.3 million of compensation expense related to 45,000 common shares that vested immediately upon grant under the terms of the amended and restated Employment Agreement (the "Employment Agreement") for Steven B. Tanger, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.


The following table summarizes information related to unvested restricted common shares outstanding as of September 30, 2013 :
Unvested Restricted Common Shares
 
Number of shares
 
Weighted-average grant date fair value
Unvested at December 31, 2012
 
1,047,993

 
$
24.39

Granted
 
349,373

 
31.01

Vested
 
(291,400
)
 
22.34

Forfeited
 
(12,000
)
 
25.61

Unvested at September 30, 2013
 
1,093,966

 
$
27.04


The total value of restricted common shares vested during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012 was $9.7 million and $8.0 million , respectively.

As of September 30, 2013 , there was $30.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.1 years.

29




11. Earnings Per Share of the Company

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators in computing the Company's earnings per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
Numerator
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.
 
$
53,294

 
$
15,327

 
$
85,621

 
$
35,172

Less allocation of earnings to participating securities
 
(609
)
 
(209
)
 
(932
)
 
(576
)
Net income available to common shareholders of Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.
 
$
52,685

 
$
15,118

 
$
84,689

 
$
34,596

Denominator
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic weighted average common shares
 
93,368

 
92,674

 
93,278

 
91,359

Effect of notional units
 
856

 
880

 
841

 
865

Effect of outstanding options and restricted common shares
 
76

 
93

 
91

 
78

Diluted weighted average common shares
 
94,300

 
93,647

 
94,210

 
92,302

Basic earnings per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
$
0.56

 
$
0.16

 
$
0.91

 
$
0.38

Diluted earnings per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
$
0.56

 
$
0.16

 
$
0.90

 
$
0.37


The notional units are considered contingently issuable common shares and are included in earnings per share if the effect is dilutive using the treasury stock method.

The computation of diluted earnings per share excludes options to purchase common shares when the exercise price is greater than the average market price of the common shares for the period.  For the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 no options were excluded from the computation. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 , 200 options were excluded from the computation and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 , 167,800 options were excluded from the computation. The assumed exchange of the partnership units held by the noncontrolling interest limited partners as of the beginning of the year, which would result in the elimination of earnings allocated to the noncontrolling interest in the Operating Partnership, would have no impact on earnings per share since the allocation of earnings to a partnership unit, as if exchanged, is equivalent to earnings allocated to a common share.

Certain of the Company's unvested restricted common share awards contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents. The impact of these unvested restricted common share awards on earnings per share has been calculated using the two-class method whereby earnings are allocated to the unvested restricted common share awards based on dividends declared and the unvested restricted common shares' participation rights in undistributed earnings. Unvested restricted common shares that do not contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents, are included in the diluted earnings per share computation if the effect is dilutive, using the treasury stock method.

30




12. Earnings Per Unit of the Operating Partnership

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators in computing the Operating Partnership's earnings per unit (in thousands, except per unit amounts). Note that all per unit amounts reflect a four -for-one split of the Operating Partnership's units.
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
 
Nine months ended September 30,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
Numerator
 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

Net income attributable to partners of the Operating Partnership
 
$
56,081

 
$
16,163

 
$
90,056

 
$
37,487

Less allocation of earnings to participating securities
 
(609
)
 
(209
)
 
(933
)
 
(576
)
Net income available to common unitholders of the Operating Partnership
 
$
55,472

 
$
15,954

 
$
89,123

 
$
36,911

Denominator
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic weighted average common units
 
98,246

 
97,727

 
98,072

 
97,656

Effect of notional units
 
856

 
879

 
841

 
865

Effect of outstanding options and restricted common units
 
76

 
93

 
91

 
78

Diluted weighted average common units
 
99,178

 
98,699

 
99,004

 
98,599

Basic earnings per common unit:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
$
0.56

 
$
0.16

 
$
0.91

 
$
0.38

Diluted earnings per common unit:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
$
0.56

 
$
0.16

 
$
0.90

 
$
0.37


The notional units are considered contingently issuable common units and are included in earnings per unit if the effect is dilutive using the treasury stock method.
 
When the Company issues common shares upon exercise of options or issues restricted share awards, the Operating Partnership issues one corresponding unit to the Company for each Company common share issued.

The computation of diluted earnings per unit excludes options to purchase common units when the exercise price is greater than the average market price of the common units for the period. The market price of a common unit is considered to be equivalent to the market price of a Company common share. For the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 no units were excluded from the computation. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 , 200 units were excluded from the computation and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, 167,800 units, which would be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, were excluded from the computation.

Certain of the Company's unvested restricted common share awards contain non-forfeitable rights to distributions or distribution equivalents. The impact of these unvested restricted share awards on earnings per unit has been calculated using the two-class method whereby earnings are allocated to the unvested restricted share awards based on distributions declared and the unvested restricted shares awards' participation rights in undistributed earnings. Unvested restricted common shares that do not contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents, are included in the diluted earnings per unit compilation if the effect is dilutive, using the treasury stock method.


31



13. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income of the Company

The following table presents changes in the balances of each component of accumulated comprehensive income for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 (in thousands):
 
 
Foreign Currency
 
Cash flow hedges
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Beginning balance as of December 31, 2012
 
$
(5
)
 
$
1,205

 
$
1,200

Amortization of cash flow hedges
 

 
(263
)
 
(263
)
Unrealized gains/(losses) on foreign currency translation adjustments
 
119

 

 
119

Realized loss on foreign currency
 
123

 

 
123

Current period other comprehensive income (loss), net
 
242

 
(263
)
 
(21
)
Ending balance as of September 30, 2013
 
$
237

 
$
942

 
$
1,179


The following represents amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012 , respectively:
Details about Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Components
 
Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
 
Affected Line Item in Statement of Operations
 
 
Three months ended
 
Nine months ended
 
 
 
 
September 30,
 
September 30,
 
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
Amortization of cash flow hedges
 
$
(89
)
 
$
(84
)
 
$
(263
)
 
$
(244
)
 
Interest expense
Realized loss on foreign currency
 
$

 
$

 
$
123

 
$

 
Interest expense


32




14. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income of the Operating Partnership

The following table presents changes in the balances of each component of accumulated comprehensive income for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 (in thousands):
 
 
Foreign Currency
 
Cash flow hedges
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Beginning balance as of December 31, 2012
 
$
(5
)
 
$
1,112

 
$
1,107

Amortization of cash flow hedges
 

 
(276
)
 
(276
)
Unrealized gains/(losses) on foreign currency translation adjustments
 
124

 

 
124

Realized loss on foreign currency
 
129

 

 
129

Current period other comprehensive income (loss), net
 
253

 
(276
)
 
(23
)
Ending balance as of September 30, 2013
 
$
248

 
$
836

 
$
1,084


The following represents amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012 , respectively:
Details about Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Components
 
Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
 
Affected Line Item in Statement of Operations
 
 
Three months ended
 
Nine months ended
 
 
 
 
September 30,
 
September 30,
 
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
Amortization of cash flow hedges
 
$
(94
)
 
$
(88
)
 
$
(276
)
 
$
(261
)
 
Interest expense
Realized loss on foreign currency
 
$

 
$

 
$
129

 
$

 
Interest expense


33




15. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers are defined as follows:

Tier
 
Description
Level 1
 
Defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets
 
 
 
Level 2
 
Defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable
 
 
 
Level 3
 
Defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions

We had no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on either a recurring or non-recurring basis as of September 30, 2013 or December 31, 2012 .

The estimated fair value of our debt, consisting of senior unsecured notes, unsecured term loans, secured mortgages and unsecured lines of credit, at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 , was $1.4 billion and $1.2 billion , respectively, and its recorded value was $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion , respectively. Fair values were determined based on level 2 inputs using discounted cash flow analysis with an interest rate or credit spread similar to that of current market borrowing arrangements.


16. Non-Cash Activities

Non-cash financing activities related to the acquisition of a controlling interest in Deer Park, as discussed in Note 3, included the assumption of debt totaling $237.9 million , and the issuance of $14.0 million in Operating Partnership common limited partnership units as a portion of the consideration given. In addition, rental property and lease related intangible assets increased by $27.9 million related to the fair value of the one-third interest owned by Deer Park's other remaining partner and $26.0 million related to the fair value of our previously held interest in excess of carrying amount.

We purchase capital equipment and incur costs relating to construction of facilities, including tenant finishing allowances. Expenditures included in construction trade payables as of September 30, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $5.3 million and $10.5 million , respectively.

17. Subsequent Events

On October 24, 2013, we closed on amendments to our unsecured lines of credit, extending the maturity, reducing the overall borrowing costs, and amending certain debt covenants. The maturity of these facilities was extended from November 10, 2015 to October 24, 2017 with the ability to further extend maturity for an additional year at our option. The annual commitment fee, which is payable on the full $520.0 million in loan commitments, was reduced from 0.175% to 0.15% , and the interest rate spread over LIBOR was reduced from 1.10% to 1.00% . Loan origination costs associated with the amendments totaled approximately $ 1.5 million .

On October 28, 2013, we entered into interest rate swap agreements to reduce our floating rate debt exposure by locking the interest rate on the $150.0 million Deer Park mortgage. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.50% and matures in August 2018. The interest rate swap agreements fix the base LIBOR rate at an average of 1.30% , creating a contractual interest rate for the loan of 2.80% through August 2018.


34




Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The discussion of our results of operations reported in the unaudited, consolidated statements of operations compares the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 with the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 . The results of operations discussion is combined for Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. and Tanger Properties Limited Partnership because the results are virtually the same for both entities. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this report. Historical results and percentage relationships set forth in the unaudited, consolidated statements of operations, including trends which might appear, are not necessarily indicative of future operations. Unless the context indicates otherwise, the term, "Company", refers to Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. and subsidiaries and the term, "Operating Partnership", refers to Tanger Properties Limited Partnership and subsidiaries. The terms "we", "our" and "us" refer to the Company or the Company and the Operating Partnership together, as the text requires.

Cautionary Statements

Certain statements made below are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We intend for such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Reform Act of 1995 and included this statement for purposes of complying with these safe harbor provisions. Forward-looking statements, which are based on certain assumptions and describe our future plans, strategies, beliefs and expectations, are generally identifiable by use of the words "believe", "expect", "intend", "anticipate", "estimate", "project", or similar expressions. You should not rely on forward-looking statements since they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which are, in some cases, beyond our control and which could materially affect our actual results, performance or achievements. Factors which may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, but are not limited to, those set forth under Item 1A - "Risk Factors" in the Company's and the Operating Partnership's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 . There have been no material changes to the risk factors listed there through September 30, 2013 .

General Overview

At September 30, 2013 , we had 37 consolidated outlet centers in 24 states totaling 11.5 million square feet. The table below details our development activities at consolidated centers that significantly impacted our results of operations and liquidity from January 1, 2012 to September 30, 2013 .
Center
 
Date Open
 
Square Feet
 (in thousands)
 
Centers
 
States
As of January 1, 2012
 
 
 
10,724

 
36

 
24

Expansion:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Locust Grove, GA
 
Second quarter 2012
 
26

 

 

Other
 
 
 
(13
)
 

 

As of December 31, 2012
 
 
 
10,737

 
36

 
24

Expansion:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gonzales, LA
 
First and second quarters 2013
 
40

 
 
 
 
Sevierville, TN
 
Third quarter 2013
 
19

 
 
 
 
Acquisition:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deer Park, NY (1)
 
 
 
742

 
1

 
 
Other
 
 
 
9

 

 

As of September 30, 2013
 
 
 
11,547

 
37

 
24

(1)
The Company acquired a controlling interest in the Deer Park, NY center on August 30, 2013.

35



The following table summarizes certain information for our existing outlet centers in which we have an ownership interest as of September 30, 2013 . Except as noted, all properties are fee owned.
Consolidated Outlet Centers
 
Square
 
%
Location
 
Feet
 
Occupied
Deer Park, New York
 
741,981

 
95
Riverhead, New York (1)
 
729,734

 
100
Rehoboth Beach, Delaware (1)
 
568,975

 
100
Foley, Alabama
 
557,014

 
98
Atlantic City, New Jersey (1)
 
489,762

 
95
San Marcos, Texas
 
441,929

 
99
Sevierville, Tennessee (1)
 
438,076

 
99
Myrtle Beach Hwy 501, South Carolina
 
425,247

 
100
Jeffersonville, Ohio
 
411,776

 
100
Myrtle Beach Hwy 17, South Carolina (1)
 
402,791

 
99
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
 
372,972

 
100
Commerce II, Georgia
 
370,512

 
99
Charleston, South Carolina
 
365,107

 
100
Howell, Michigan
 
324,652

 
99
Locust Grove, Georgia
 
321,070

 
99
Mebane, North Carolina
 
318,910

 
100
Gonzales, Louisiana
 
318,666

 
100
Branson, Missouri
 
302,922

 
100
Park City, Utah
 
298,391

 
99
Westbrook, Connecticut
 
289,898

 
99
Williamsburg, Iowa
 
277,230

 
99
Lincoln City, Oregon
 
270,212

 
99
Lancaster, Pennsylvania
 
254,002

 
100
Tuscola, Illinois
 
250,439

 
95
Hershey, Pennsylvania
 
247,500

 
100
Tilton, New Hampshire
 
245,698

 
100
Hilton Head II, South Carolina
 
206,544

 
100
Fort Myers, Florida
 
198,877

 
91
Ocean City, Maryland (1)
 
198,840

 
100
Terrell, Texas
 
177,800

 
99
Hilton Head I, South Carolina
 
177,199

 
99
Barstow, California
 
171,300

 
100
West Branch, Michigan
 
112,570

 
98
Blowing Rock, North Carolina
 
104,154

 
100
Nags Head, North Carolina
 
82,161

 
100
Kittery I, Maine
 
57,667

 
100
Kittery II, Maine
 
24,619

 
100
Totals
 
11,547,197

 
99
(1)
These properties or a portion thereof are subject to a ground lease.


36



Unconsolidated joint venture properties
 
Square
 
%
Location
 
Feet
 
Occupied
Texas City, TX (50% owned)
 
347,930

 
100
Glendale, AZ (58% owned)
 
331,739

 
100
Wisconsin Dells, WI (50% owned)
 
265,086

 
100
Bromont, QC (50% owned)
 
162,543

 
93
Cookstown, ON (50% owned)
 
155,522

 
95
Saint-Sauveur, QC (50% owned)
 
116,097

 
100
Total
 
1,378,917

 
 

Leasing Activity

The following table provides information for our consolidated outlet centers regarding space re-leased or renewed:
 
Nine months ended September 30, 2013
 
# of Leases
Square Feet
Average
Annual
Straight-line Rent (psf)
Average
Tenant
Allowance (psf)
Average Initial Term
 (in years)
Net Average
Annual
Straight-line Rent (psf) (1)
Re-tenant
154

510,000

$
30.57

$
40.69

8.68

$
25.88

Renewal
306

1,457,000

$
23.61

$
0.90

4.81

$
23.42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine months ended September 30, 2012
 
# of Leases
Square Feet
Average
Annual
Straight-line Rent (psf)
Average
Tenant
Allowance (psf)
Average Initial Term
 (in years)
Net Average
Annual
Straight-line Rent (psf) (1)
Re-tenant
130

440,000

$
31.54

$
42.59

8.55

$
26.56

Renewal
277

1,358,000

$
21.56

$

4.60

$
21.56

(1)
Net average straight-line rentals is calculated by dividing the average tenant allowance costs per square foot by the average initial term and subtracting this calculated number from the average straight-line rent per year amount. The average annual straight-line rent disclosed in the table above includes all concessions, abatements and reimbursements of rent to te nant s. The average tenant allowance disclosed in the table above includes landlord costs.

37



RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Comparison of the three months ended September 30, 2013 to the three months ended September 30, 2012

NET INCOME

Net income increased $40.0 million in the 2013 period to $56.2 million as compared to $16.2 million for the 2012 period. The increase in net income was attributable to an increase in base rentals from internal growth within our existing portfolio, the acquisition of a controlling interest in the property in Deer Park, NY on August 30, 2013, which caused us to consolidate the property for financial reporting purposes, and the addition of several expansions within our portfolio at existing properties since October 1, 2012. In addition, our equity in earnings from unconsolidated joint ventures increased $9.6 million , primarily due to a gain on early extinguishment of debt and the settlement of a lawsuit at Deer Park prior to our acquiring a controlling interest. In association with the acquisition, we recorded a gain of $26.0 million representing the difference between the recorded value and the fair market value of our original equity interest.
 
BASE RENTALS

Base rentals increased $4.6 million , or 8% , in the 2013 period compared to the 2012 period. The following table sets forth the changes in various components of base rentals (in thousands):
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
Change
Existing property base rentals
 
$
62,342

 
$
59,467

 
$
2,875

Base rentals from acquired properties
 
2,044

 

 
2,044

Termination fees
 
36

 
22

 
14

Amortization of above and below market rent adjustments, net
 
(121
)
 
173

 
(294
)
 
 
$
64,301

 
$
59,662

 
$
4,639


Base rental income generated from existing properties in our portfolio increased due to increases in rental rates on lease renewals and incremental rents from re-tenanting vacant spaces.

Amortization of above and below market lease values decreased due to leases from prior year acquisitions becoming fully amortized during the period from October 1, 2012 to September 30, 2013. In addition, the purchase price allocation of the Deer Park acquisition resulted in an above market asset of approximately $6.1 million.

At September 30, 2013 , the net asset representing the amount of unrecognized, combined above and below market lease values, recorded as a part of the purchase price of acquired properties, totaled approximately $11.3 million. If a tenant terminates its lease prior to the contractual termination of the lease and no rental payments are being made on the lease, any unamortized balance of the related above or below market lease value will be written off and could materially impact our net income positively or negatively.

PERCENTAGE RENTALS

Percentage rentals, which represent revenues based on a percentage of tenants' sales volume above predetermined levels, decreased $96,000 , or 3% , from the 2012 period to the 2013 period. The decrease in percentage rentals is directly related to a slow down in the increase in tenant sales productivity in the 2013 period as compared to the 2012 period. Reported tenant comparable sales for our consolidated properties for the rolling twelve months ended September 30, 2013 increased approximately 1% to $384 per square foot. Reported tenant comparable sales is defined as the weighted average sales per square foot reported in space open for the full duration of each comparison period. The following table sets forth the changes in various components of percentage rentals (in thousands):

 
 
2013
 
2012
 
Change
Existing property percentage rentals
 
$
3,055

 
$
3,180

 
$
(125
)
Percentage rentals from acquired properties
 
29

 

 
29

 
 
$
3,084

 
$
3,180

 
$
(96
)



38



EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENTS

Expense reimbursements increased $2.5 million , or 10% , in the 2013 period compared to the 2012 period. The following table sets forth the changes in various components of expense reimbursements (in thousands):
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
Change
Existing property expense reimbursements
 
$
26,257

 
$
24,908

 
$
1,349

Property expense reimbursements from acquired properties
 
1,157

 

 
1,157

 
 
$
27,414

 
$
24,908

 
$
2,506


Expense reimbursements, which represent the contractual recovery from tenants of certain common area maintenance, insurance, property tax, promotional, advertising and management expenses, generally fluctuate consistently with the reimbursable property operating expenses to which they relate.

OTHER INCOME

Other income increased $371,000 , or 14% , in the 2013 period as compared to the 2012 period. The majority of the increase is due to the incremental fees earned from the unconsolidated joint ventures that were added to the portfolio during the fourth quarter of 2012. The following table sets forth the changes in various components of other income (in thousands):
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
Change
Existing property other income
 
$
3,045

 
$
2,733

 
$
312

Other income from acquired properties
 
59

 

 
59

 
 
$
3,104

 
$
2,733

 
$
371


PROPERTY OPERATING EXPENSES

Property operating expenses increased $2.2 million , or 8% , in the 2013 period as compared to the 2012 period. The increase is due primarily to the addition of the Deer Park property to the consolidated portfolio. The following table sets forth the changes in various components of property operating expenses (in thousands):
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
Change
Existing property operating expenses
 
$
28,027

 
$
27,614

 
$
413

Property operating expenses from acquired properties
 
1,836

 

 
1,836

 
 
$
29,863

 
$
27,614

 
$
2,249


GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

General and administrative expenses increased $736,000 , or 8% , in the 2013 period compared to the 2012 period. This increase was mainly due to additional share-based compensation expense related to the 2013 grants of restricted shares to directors and certain officers of the Company and the grant of performance shares to executive officers under a new long term incentive plan. Also, the 2013 period included higher payroll related expenses on a comparative basis to the 2012 period due to the addition of new employees since October 1, 2012.

ACQUISITION COSTS

The 2013 period includes costs related to the acquisition of the additional ownership interest in the Deer Park property during the period as well as costs from other potential acquisitions of operating properties.


39



DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

Depreciation and amortization decreased $586,000 , or 2% , in the 2013 period compared to the 2012 period as certain construction and development related assets, as well as lease related intangibles recorded as part of the acquisition price of acquired properties, which are amortized over shorter lives, became fully depreciated during the reporting periods. The following table sets forth the changes in various components of depreciation and amortization (in thousands):
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
Change
Existing property depreciation and amortization expenses
 
$
22,351

 
$
24,809

 
$
(2,458
)
Depreciation and amortization expenses from acquired properties
 
1,872

 

 
1,872

 
 
$
24,223

 
$
24,809

 
$
(586
)

GAIN ON PREVIOUSLY HELD INTEREST IN ACQUIRED JOINT VENTURE

In August 2013, we acquired an additional one-third ownership interest in the Deer Park property, bringing our total ownership to a two-thirds interest. With the acquisition of a controlling interest, we have consolidated the property for financial reporting purposes since the acquisition date. The acquisition resulted in a gain of approximately $26.0 million, representing the difference between the recorded value and the fair market value of our original equity interest.

EQUITY IN EARNINGS (LOSSES) OF UNCONSOLIDATED JOINT VENTURES

Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated joint ventures increased approximately $9.6 million in the 2013 period compared to the 2012 period. The primary reasons for the increase were related to the transactions at the Deer Park property prior to our acquisition of an additional one-third interest in the property and its subsequent consolidation for financial reporting purposes. As a part of the refinance of the debt at Deer Park, a gain on early extinguishment of debt of $13.8 million was recorded. In addition, prior to the acquisition, the partnership settled a lawsuit with a third party which resulted in income to Deer Park of approximately $9.5 million aft er expenses. Our one-third share of these transactions, recorded through equity in earnings prior to the acquisition, was approximately $7.8 million. Incremental earnings from the addition of four centers held in unconsolidated joint ventures during the fourth qu arter of 2012 accounted for the remainder of the increase.

Comparison of the nine months ended September 30, 2013 to the nine months ended September 30, 2012

NET INCOME

Net income increased $52.7 million in the 2013 period to $90.2 million as compared to $37.5 million for the 2012 period. The increase in net income was attributable to an increase in base rentals of $9.1 million from internal growth within our existing portfolio, the acquisition of a controlling interest in the property in Deer Park, NY on August 30, 2013, which caused us to consolidate the property for financial reporting purposes, and the addition of several expansions within our portfolio at existing properties since October 1, 2012. In addition, our equity in earnings from unconsolidated joint ventures increased $13.0 million, due to a gain on early extinguishment of debt and the settlement of a lawsuit at Deer Park prior to our acquiring a controlling interest, as well as incremental earnings from the addition of four centers held in unconsolidated joint ventures to the portfolio during the fourth quarter of 2012. In association with the acquisition, we recorded a gain of $26.0 million representing the difference between the recorded value and the fair market value of our original equity interest. Finally our depreciation and amortization decreased $6.6 million due to certain construction and development related assets and lease related intangibles recorded as part of the acquisition price of acquired properties, which are amortized over shorter lives, became fully depreciated during the reporting periods.


40



BASE RENTALS

Base rentals increased $9.1 million , or 5% , in the 2013 period compared to the 2012 period. The following table sets forth the changes in various components of base rentals (in thousands):

 
 
2013
 
2012
 
Change
Existing property base rentals
 
$
182,409

 
$
173,754

 
$
8,655

Base rentals from acquired properties
 
2,044

 

 
2,044

Termination fees
 
186

 
880

 
(694
)
Amortization of above and below market rent adjustments, net
 
(48
)
 
830

 
(878
)
 
 
$
184,591

 
$
175,464

 
$
9,127


Base rental income generated from existing properties in our portfolio increased due to increases in rental rates on lease renewals and incremental rents from re-tenanting vacant spaces.

Termination fees decreased due to the 2012 period containing a tenant that exited the outlet industry and terminated their leases prior to the end of their contractual obligation.

Amortization of above and below market lease values decreased due to leases from prior year acquisitions becoming fully amortized during the period from October 1, 2012 to September 30, 2013. In addition, the purchase price allocation of the Deer Park acquisition resulted in an above market asset of approximately $6.1 million.

At September 30, 2013 , the net asset representing the amount of unrecognized, combined above and below market lease values, recorded as a part of the purchase price of acquired properties, totaled approximately $11.3 million. If a tenant terminates its lease prior to the contractual termination of the lease and no rental payments are being made on the lease, any unamortized balance of the related above or below market lease value will be written off and could materially impact our net income positively or negatively.

PERCENTAGE RENTALS

Percentage rentals, which represent revenues based on a percentage of tenants' sales volume above predetermined levels, the breakpoint, increased $414,000 , or 6% , from the 2012 period to the 2013 period. The increase in percentage rentals is directly related to higher tenant sales productivity, the majority of which occurred during the first six months of 2013. Reported tenant comparable sales for our consolidated properties for the rolling twelve months ended September 30, 2013 increased 1% to $384 per square foot. Reported tenant comparable sales is defined as the weighted average sales per square foot reported in space open for the full duration of each comparison period. The following table sets forth the changes in various components of percentage rentals (in thousands):
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
Change
Existing property percentage rentals
 
$
6,927

 
$
6,542

 
$
385

Percentage rentals from acquired properties
 
29

 

 
29

 
 
$
6,956

 
$
6,542

 
$
414


EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENTS

Expense reimbursements increased $4.8 million , or 6% , in the 2013 period compared to the 2012 period. The following table sets forth the changes in various components of expense reimbursements (in thousands):
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
Change
Existing property expense reimbursements
 
$
77,299

 
$
73,499

 
$
3,800

Property expense reimbursements from acquired properties
 
1,157

 

 
1,157

Termination fees allocated to expense reimbursements
 
88

 
278

 
(190
)
 
 
$
78,544

 
$
73,777

 
$
4,767



41



Expense reimbursements, which represent the contractual recovery from tenants of certain common area maintenance, insurance, property tax, promotional, advertising and management expenses, generally fluctuate consistently with the reimbursable property operating expenses to which they relate.

OTHER INCOME

Other income increased $1.2 million , or 20% , in the 2013 period as compared to the 2012 period. The majority of the increase is due to the incremental fees earned from the unconsolidated joint ventures that were added to the portfolio during the fourth quarter of 2012. The following table sets forth the changes in various components of other income (in thousands):
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
Change
Existing property other income
 
$
7,457

 
$
6,278

 
$
1,179

Other income from acquired properties
 
59

 

 
59

 
 
$
7,516

 
$
6,278

 
$
1,238


PROPERTY OPERATING EXPENSES

Property operating expenses increased $5.1 million , or 6% , in the 2013 period as compared to the 2012 period. Existing property operating expenses increased in the 2013 period compared to the 2012 period as a result of higher common area maintenance costs for various projects and an increase in snow removal expenditures. The following table sets forth the changes in various components of property operating expenses (in thousands):
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
Change
Existing property operating expenses
 
$
84,983

 
$
81,679

 
$
3,304

Property operating expenses from acquired properties
 
1,836

 

 
1,836

 
 
$
86,819

 
$
81,679

 
$
5,140


GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

General and administrative expenses increased $1.5 million , or 5% , in the 2013 period compared to the 2012 period. This increase was mainly due to additional share-based compensation expense related to the 2013 grant of restricted shares to directors and certain officers of the Company and the grant of performance shares under a new long term incentive plan. Also, the 2013 period included higher payroll related expenses on a comparative basis to the 2012 period due to the addition of new employees since October 1, 2012.

ACQUISITION COSTS

The 2013 period includes costs related to the acquisition of the additional ownership interest in the Deer Park property during the period as well as costs from other potential acquisitions of operating properties.

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

Depreciation and amortization decreased $6.6 million , or 9% , in the 2013 period compared to the 2012 period as certain construction and development related assets and lease related intangibles recorded as part of the acquisition price of acquired properties, which are amortized over shorter lives, became fully depreciated during the reporting periods. The following table sets forth the changes in various components of depreciation and amortization (in thousands):
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
Change
Existing property depreciation and amortization expenses
 
$
66,811

 
$
75,247

 
$
(8,436
)
Depreciation and amortization expenses from acquired properties
 
1,872

 

 
1,872

 
 
$
68,683

 
$
75,247

 
$
(6,564
)


42



INTEREST EXPENSE

Interest expense increased approximately $764,000 , or 2% , in the 2013 period compared to the 2012 period.  The primary reason for the increase in interest expense is the increase in the average amount of debt outstanding from approximately $1.0 billion for the 2012 period to approximately $1.2 billion for the 2013 period. The higher debt levels outstanding were a result of fundings for additional investments in our unconsolidated joint ventures in both Canada and the United States.

GAIN ON PREVIOUSLY HELD INTEREST IN ACQUIRED JOINT VENTURE

In August 2013, we acquired an additional one-third ownership interest in the Deer Park property, bringing our total ownership to a two-thirds interest With the acquisition of a controlling interest, we have consolidated the property for financial reporting purposes since the acquisition date. The acquisition resulted in a gain of approximately $26.0 million, representing the difference between the recorded value and the fair market value of our original equity interest.

EQUITY IN EARNINGS (LOSSES) OF UNCONSOLIDATED JOINT VENTURES

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated joint ventures increased approximately $13.0 million in the 2013 period compared to the 2012 period. The primary reasons for the increase were the related to transactions at the Deer Park property prior to our acquisition of an additional one-third interest in the property and its subsequent consolidation for financial reporting purposes. As a part of the refinance of the debt at Deer Park, a gain on early extinguishment of debt of $13.8 million was recorded. In addition a lawsuit was settled which resulted in income to the Deer Park of approximately $9.5 million after expenses. Our one-third share of these transactions, recorded through equity in earnings prior to the acquisition, was approximately $7.8 million. Incremental earnings from the addition of four centers held in unconsolidated joint ventures to the portfolio during the fourth quarter of 2012 accounted for the remainder of the increase.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES OF THE COMPANY

In this "Liquidity and Capital Resources of the Company" section, the term, the Company, refers only to Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. on an unconsolidated basis, excluding the Operating Partnership.

The Company's business is operated primarily through the Operating Partnership. The Company issues public equity from time to time, but does not otherwise generate any capital itself or conduct any business itself, other than incurring certain expenses in operating as a public company, which are fully reimbursed by the Operating Partnership. The Company does not hold any indebtedness, and its only material asset is its ownership of partnership interests of the Operating Partnership.

The Company's principal funding requirement is the payment of dividends on its common shares. The Company's principal source of funding for its dividend payments is distributions it receives from the Operating Partnership.

Through its ownership of the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership, the Company has the full, exclusive and complete responsibility for the Operating Partnership's day-to-day management and control. The Company causes the Operating Partnership to distribute all, or such portion as the Company may in its discretion determine, of its available cash in the manner provided in the Operating Partnership's partnership agreement. The Company receives proceeds from equity issuances from time to time, but is required by the Operating Partnership's partnership agreement to contribute the proceeds from its equity issuances to the Operating Partnership in exchange for partnership units of the Operating Partnership.

The Company is a well-known seasoned issuer with a shelf registration that expires in June 2015 that allows the Company to register unspecified various classes of equity securities and the Operating Partnership to register unspecified, various classes of debt securities. As circumstances warrant, the Company may issue equity from time to time on an opportunistic basis, dependent upon market conditions and available pricing. The Operating Partnership may use the proceeds to repay debt, including borrowings under its lines of credit, develop new or existing properties, to make acquisitions of properties or portfolios of properties, to invest in existing or newly created joint ventures or for general corporate purposes.


43



The liquidity of the Company is dependent on the Operating Partnership's ability to make sufficient distributions to the Company. The Company also guarantees some of the Operating Partnership's debt. If the Operating Partnership fails to fulfill its debt requirements, which trigger the Company's guarantee obligations, then the Company may be required to fulfill its cash payment commitments under such guarantees. However, the Company's only material asset is its investment in the Operating Partnership.

The Company believes the Operating Partnership's sources of working capital, specifically its cash flow from operations, and borrowings available under its unsecured lines of credit, are adequate for it to make its distribution payments to the Company and, in turn, for the Company to make its dividend payments to its shareholders. However, there can be no assurance that the Operating Partnership's sources of capital will continue to be available at all or in amounts sufficient to meet its needs, including its ability to make distribution payments to the Company. The unavailability of capital could adversely affect the Operating Partnership's ability to pay its distributions to the Company which will, in turn, adversely affect the Company's ability to pay cash dividends to its shareholders.

For the Company to maintain its qualification as a REIT, it must pay dividends to its shareholders aggregating annually at least 90% of its taxable income. While historically the Company has satisfied this distribution requirement by making cash distributions to its shareholders, it may choose to satisfy this requirement by making distributions of cash or other property, including, in limited circumstances, the Company's own shares.

As a result of this distribution requirement, the Operating Partnership cannot rely on retained earnings to fund its on-going operations to the same extent that other companies whose parent companies are not real estate investment trusts can. The Company may need to continue to raise capital in the equity markets to fund the Operating Partnership's working capital needs, as well as potential developments of new or existing properties, acquisitions or investments in existing or newly created joint ventures.

As the sole owner of the general partner with control of the Operating Partnership, the Company consolidates the Operating Partnership for financial reporting purposes. The Company does not have significant assets other than its investment in the Operating Partnership. Therefore, the assets and liabilities and the revenues and expenses of the Company and the Operating Partnership are the same on their respective financial statements, except for immaterial differences related to cash, other assets and accrued liabilities that arise from public company expenses paid by the Company. However, all debt is held directly or indirectly at the Operating Partnership level, and the Company has guaranteed some of the Operating Partnership's unsecured debt as discussed below. Because the Company consolidates the Operating Partnership, the section entitled "Liquidity and Capital Resources of the Operating Partnership" should be read in conjunction with this section to understand the liquidity and capital resources of the Company on a consolidated basis and how the Company is operated as a whole.

On October 10, 2013, the Company's Board of Directors declared a $.225 cash dividend per common share payable on November 15, 2013 to each shareholder of record on October 30, 2013, and caused a $.225 per Operating Partnership unit cash distribution to the Operating Partnership's unitholders.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES OF THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP

General Overview

In this "Liquidity and Capital Resources of the Operating Partnership" section, the terms "we", "our" and "us" refer to the Operating Partnership or the Operating Partnership and the Company together, as the text requires.

Property rental income represents our primary source to pay property operating expenses, debt service, capital expenditures and distributions, excluding non-recurring capital expenditures and acquisitions. To the extent that our cash flow from operating activities is insufficient to cover such non-recurring capital expenditures and acquisitions, we finance such activities from borrowings under our unsecured lines of credit or from the proceeds from the Operating Partnership's debt offerings and the Company's equity offerings.


44



Our strategy is to achieve a strong and flexible financial position by seeking to: (1) maintain a conservative leverage position relative to our portfolio when pursuing new development, expansion and acquisition opportunities, (2) extend and sequence debt maturities, (3) manage our interest rate risk through a proper mix of fixed and variable rate debt, (4) maintain access to liquidity by using our unsecured lines of credit in a conservative manner and (5) preserve internally generated sources of capital by strategically divesting of underperforming assets and maintaining a conservative distribution payout ratio. We manage our capital structure to reflect a long term investment approach and utilize multiple sources of capital to meet our requirements.

The following table sets forth our changes in cash flows (in thousands):
 
 
Nine months ended September 30,
 
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
Change
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
$
137,085

 
$
129,184

 
$
7,901

Net cash used in investing activities
 
(157,480
)
 
(92,061
)
 
(65,419
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
 
20,558

 
(35,485
)
 
56,043

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
 
$
163

 
$
1,638

 
$
(1,475
)

Operating Activities

Cash provided by operating activities during 2013 was positively impacted by an increase in operating income. Also, due to the addition of four centers held in unconsolidated joint ventures since the third quarter of 2012, cash received from unconsolidated joint ventures that represented a return on investment increased by $3.8 million.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities was higher in the 2013 period compared to the 2012 period due primarily due to a loan of approximately $89.5 million to the Deer Park joint venture representing the remaining amount necessary to repay the previous mortgage and mezzanine loans. This impact was partially offset by additional cash received from unconsolidated joint ventures that represented a return of investment, the most significant of which related to the Galveston/Houston joint venture. This venture closed on a mortgage loan with the ability to borrow up to $70.0 million with a rate of LIBOR + 1.50% and a maturity date of July 1, 2017 , and with the option to extend the maturity for one additional year. The joint venture received total loan proceeds of $65.0 million and distributed the proceeds equally to the partners.

Financing Activities

The change in cash used in financing activities of $56.0 million was primarily the result of significant borrowings under our lines of credit to fund development at our unconsolidated joint ventures in the United States and Canada and the loan to Deer Park as mentioned above.

Capital Expenditures

The following table details our capital expenditures (in thousands):

45



 
 
Nine months ended September 30,
 
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
Change
Capital expenditures analysis:
 
 
 
 
 
 
New center developments
 
$
13,690

 
$
3,783

 
$
9,907

Center redevelopment
 

 
249

 
(249
)
Major center renovations
 
3,840

 
7,639

 
(3,799
)
Second generation tenant allowances
 
11,762

 
10,013

 
1,749

Other capital expenditures
 
9,474

 
6,342

 
3,132

 
 
38,766

 
28,026

 
10,740

Conversion from accrual to cash basis
 
1,812

 
3,131

 
(1,319
)
Additions to rental property-cash basis
 
$
40,578

 
$
31,157

 
$
9,421

New center development expenditures, which includes first generation tenant allowances, included expansions in Gonzales, Louisiana and Sevierville, Tennessee and the initial development costs associated with the construction of our center at the Foxwoods casino in Connecticut in the 2013 period. The 2012 period included an expansion in Locust Grove, Georgia.
Major center renovations in the 2013 period included renovation activities at our Gonzales, LA center. The 2012 period included on-going renovation efforts at the centers acquired during the second and third quarters of 2011.
Other capital expenditures in 2013 increased over the 2012 period due to a higher number of other capital expenditure projects within our existing portfolio.
Current Developments

We intend to continue to grow our portfolio by developing, expanding or acquiring additional outlet centers. In the section below, we describe the new developments that are either currently planned, underway or recently completed. However, you should note that any developments or expansions that we, or a joint venture that we are involved in, have planned or anticipated may not be started or completed as scheduled, or may not result in accretive net income or funds from operations ("FFO"). See the section "Supplemental Earnings Measures" - "Funds From Operations" in the Management's Discussion and Analysis section for further discussion of FFO. In addition, we regularly evaluate acquisition or disposition proposals and engage from time to time in negotiations for acquisitions or dispositions of properties. We may also enter into letters of intent for the purchase or sale of properties. Any prospective acquisition or disposition that is being evaluated or which is subject to a letter of intent may not be consummated, or if consummated, may not result in an increase in liquidity, net income or FFO.

POTENTIAL FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS

As of the date of this filing, we are in the initial study period for potential new developments, including sites located in Scottsdale, Arizona; Columbus, Ohio; and Clarksburg, Maryland. We may also use joint venture arrangements to develop other potential sites. There can be no assurance, however, that these potential future developments will ultimately be developed.

In the case of projects to be wholly-owned by us, we expect to fund these projects from amounts available under our unsecured lines of credit, but may also fund them with capital from additional public debt and equity offerings. For projects to be developed through joint venture arrangements, we typically use collateralized construction loans to fund a portion of the project, with our share of the equity requirements funded from sources previously described.

CONSOLIDATED JOINT VENTURES

Foxwoods, Connecticut

In September 2013, we broke ground at Foxwoods Resort Casino in Mashantucket, Connecticut on Tanger Outlets at Foxwoods. We own a two-thirds controlling interest in the project, which will be consolidated for financial reporting purposes. The outlet center will feature approximately 80 brand name and designer tenants, including American Eagle

46



Outfitters, Ann Taylor, Banana Republic, Calvin Klein, Coach, Fossil, Gap, LOFT, Michael Kors, Nike, Skechers, Steve Madden, Tommy Hilfiger and more. The approximately 314,000 square foot project will be suspended above ground to join the casino floors of the two major hotels located within the resort, which attract millions of visitors each year. Due to the relative complexity of the project, the construction period is expected to exceed our typical development timeline and we currently expect the property to open in the second quarter of 2015.

UNCONSOLIDATED JOINT VENTURES

We have formed joint venture arrangements to develop outlet centers that are currently in various stages of development in several markets. See "Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements" for a discussion of unconsolidated joint venture development activities.


47



Financing Arrangements

At September 30, 2013 , 81% of our outstanding debt consisted of unsecured borrowings and 80% of the gross book value of our real estate portfolio was unencumbered. We maintain unsecured lines of credit that provide for borrowings of up to $520.0 million. In October 2013, we modified our unsecured lines of credit which extended the expiration date to October 24, 2017 with an option for an additional one year extension and reduced the interest rate to LIBOR + 1.00%.

As part of the consolidation of the Deer Park property, we assumed debt totaling $237.9 million, including an existing mortgage totaling $150.0 million with a five year term bearing interest at LIBOR + 1.50%. In October 2013, t he Company entered into interest rate swap agreements that fix the base LIBOR rate on the $150.0 million Deer Park mortgage at an average of 1.30% , creating an effective interest rate of 2.80% .

We intend to retain the ability to raise additional capital, including public debt or equity, to pursue attractive investment opportunities that may arise and to otherwise act in a manner that we believe to be in the best interests of our shareholders and unitholders. Based on market conditions, we may choose to complete additional financing transactions by year end with the objectives of further reducing our floating rate debt exposure, extending the average term of our debt outstanding, and increasing our unused lines of credit capacity.

The Company is a well-known seasoned issuer with a joint shelf registration with the Operating Partnership, expiring in June 2015, that allows us to register unspecified amounts of different classes of securities on Form S-3. To generate capital to reinvest into other attractive investment opportunities, we may also consider the use of additional operational and developmental joint ventures, the sale or lease of outparcels on our existing properties and the sale of certain properties that do not meet our long-term investment criteria. Based on cash provided by operations, existing lines of credit, ongoing relationships with certain financial institutions and our ability to sell debt or issue equity subject to market conditions, we believe that we have access to the necessary financing to fund the planned capital expenditures through the end of 2013 and into 2014.

We anticipate that adequate cash will be available to fund our operating and administrative expenses, regular debt service obligations, and the payment of dividends in accordance with REIT requirements in both the short and long-term. Although we receive most of our rental payments on a monthly basis, distributions to shareholders and unitholders are made quarterly and interest payments on the senior, unsecured notes are made semi-annually. Amounts accumulated for such payments will be used in the interim to reduce the outstanding borrowings under our existing unsecured lines of credit or invested in short-term money market or other suitable instruments.

We believe our current balance sheet position is financially sound; however, due to the uncertainty and unpredictability of the capital and credit markets, we can give no assurance that affordable access to capital will exist between now and 2015 when our next significant debt maturities occur.
 
The Operating Partnership's debt agreements require the maintenance of certain ratios, including debt service coverage and leverage, and limit the payment of dividends such that dividends and distributions will not exceed funds from operations, as defined in the agreements, for the prior fiscal year on an annual basis or 95% on a cumulative basis. We have historically been and currently are in compliance with all of our debt covenants. We expect to remain in compliance with all of our existing debt covenants; however, should circumstances arise that would cause us to be in default, the various lenders would have the ability to accelerate the maturity on our outstanding debt.
The Operating Partnership's senior unsecured notes contain covenants and restrictions requiring us to meet certain financial ratios and reporting requirements. Key financial covenants and their covenant levels include:
Senior unsecured notes financial covenants
Required
Actual

Total consolidated debt to adjusted total assets
<60%
48
%
Total secured debt to adjusted total assets
<40%
9
%
Total unencumbered assets to unsecured debt
>135%
187
%


48



OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

The following table details certain information as of September 30, 2013 about various unconsolidated real estate joint ventures in which we have an ownership interest:
Joint Venture
 
Center Location
 
Ownership
%
 
Square
Feet
 
Carrying Value
of Investment
(in millions)
Charlotte
 
Charlotte, NC
 
50.0
%
 

 
$
5.9

Galveston/Houston  
 
Texas City, TX
 
50.0
%
 
347,930

 
7.7

National Harbor
 
Washington D.C. Metro Area
 
50.0
%
 

 
17.5

RioCan Canada
 
Various
 
50.0
%
 
434,162

 
86.7

Westgate
 
Glendale, AZ
 
58.0
%
 
331,739

 
16.4

Wisconsin Dells
 
Wisconsin Dells, WI
 
50.0
%
 
265,086

 
2.5

Other
 
 
 
 
 

 
0.2

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
136.9


Each of the above ventures contain make whole provisions in the event that demands are made on any existing guarantees. In addition, the joint venture agreements contain other provisions where a venture partner can force the other partners to either buy or sell their investment in the joint venture. Should this occur, we may be required to sell the property to the venture partner or incur a significant cash outflow in order to maintain ownership of these outlet centers.

Charlotte, North Carolina

In May 2013, we formed a 50/50 joint venture for the development of an outlet center in the Charlotte, NC market. Subsequently, during the third quarter of 2013, the joint venture began construction on the outlet center which will be located eight miles southwest of uptown Charlotte at the interchange of I-485 and Steele Creek Road (NC Highway 160), the two major thoroughfares for the city. The approximately 400,000 square foot project will feature approximately 90 brand name and designer stores and is expected to open during the third quarter of 2014.

As of September 30, 2013, we and our partner had each contributed approximately $5.9 million in cash to the joint venture to fund development activities. We are providing development services to the project; and with our partner, are jointly providing leasing services. Our partner will provide property management and marketing services to the center once open.

Deer Park, Long Island, New York

As described in Note 3, we acquired an additional one-third ownership interest in Deer Park and have consolidated the property for financial reporting purposes since the acquisition date.

Deer Park Warehouse, Long Island, New York

In March 2013, in connection with a loan forbearance agreement signed in 2012 with the lender to the joint venture, the warehouse property was sold for approximately $1.2 million . The proceeds were used to satisfy the terms of the forbearance agreement. There was no impact to the net income of the joint venture as a result of this sale and the retirement of the associated mortgage debt.

Galveston/Houston, Texas

Tanger Outlets Texas City, which opened October 19, 2012 , was initially fully funded with equity contributed to the joint venture by Tanger and its 50/50 partner. In July 2013, the joint venture closed on a $70.0 million mortgage loan with a rate of LIBOR + 1.50% and a maturity date of July 1, 2017 , with the option to extend the maturity for one additional year. The joint venture received total loan proceeds of $65.0 million and distributed the proceeds equally to the partners. We used our share of the proceeds to reduce amounts outstanding under our unsecured lines of credit.

49



National Harbor, Washington, D.C. Metro Area

In May 2011, we announced the formation of a joint venture for the development of a Tanger Outlet Center at National Harbor in the Washington, D.C. Metro area. The planned Tanger Outlet Center is expected to open in November 2013 in time for the 2013 holiday shopping season and contain approximately 80 brand name and designer outlet stores in a center containing approximately 340,000 square feet. In November 2012, the joint venture broke ground and began development. Both parties have made equity contributions of $17.2 million to fund certain development costs. In May 2013, the joint venture closed on a construction loan with the ability to borrow up to $62.0 million and which carries an interest rate of LIBOR + 1.65% . As of September 30, 2013 the balance on the loan was $28.1 million . We provide property management, leasing and marketing services to the joint venture; and with our partner, are jointly providing site development and construction supervision services.

RioCan Canada

We have entered into a 50/50 co-ownership agreement with RioCan Real Estate Investment Trust ("RioCan Joint Venture") to develop and acquire outlet centers in Canada. Any projects developed or acquired will be branded as Tanger Outlet Centers. We have agreed to provide leasing and marketing services to the venture and RioCan will provide development and property management services.

In March of 2013 the RioCan Joint Venture acquired the land adjacent to the existing Cookstown Outlet Mall for $ 13.9 million . The land is being used for the joint venture's expansion of the Cookstown Outlet Mall which began in May 2013. The expansion, which is expected to open in the fourth quarter of 2014, will add approximately 153,000 square feet to the center and will add approximately 35 new brand name and designer outlet stores to the center.

Also, during the second quarter of 2013, the joint venture purchased land for $28.7 million and broke ground on Tanger Outlets Ottawa, the first ground up development of a Tanger Outlet Center in Canada. Located in suburban Kanata off the TransCanada Highway (Highway 417) at Palladium Drive , this center will contain approximately 303,000 square feet and will feature approximately 80 brand name and designer outlet stores. The center is currently expected to open in the fourth quarter of 2014.

Additionally, the RioCan Joint Venture partners have decided not to proceed with the proposed development at Mississauga’s Heartland Town Centre, west of Toronto, at the current time.


The following table details the debt maturities of the unconsolidated joint ventures as of September 30, 2013 (in millions):
Joint Venture
 
Total Joint
Venture Debt
(in millions)
 
Maturity Date
 
Interest Rate
Galveston/Houston
 
$
65.0

 
July 2017
 
LIBOR + 1.50%
National Harbor
 
$
28.1

 
May 2016
 
LIBOR + 1.65%
RioCan Canada
 
$
18.8

 
June 2015 and May 2020
 
5.10% to 5.75%
Westgate
 
$
43.0

 
June 2015
 
LIBOR + 1.75%
Wisconsin Dells
 
$
24.3

 
December 2022
 
LIBOR + 2.25%



50



Management, leasing and marketing fees, which we believe approximate current market rates, earned from services provided to our unconsolidated joint ventures were recognized in other income as follows (in thousands):
 
 
Three months ended
 
Nine months ended
 
 
September 30,
 
September 30,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
Fee:
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

Development
 
$
(6
)
 
$
8

 
$
57

 
$
8

Loan Guarantee
 
40

 
16

 
121

 
16

Management and leasing
 
761

 
554

 
2,391

 
1,507

Marketing
 
93

 
61

 
301

 
161

Total Fees
 
$
888

 
$
639

 
$
2,870

 
$
1,692


CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Refer to our 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company and the Operating Partnership for a discussion of our critical accounting policies which include principles of consolidation, acquisition of real estate, cost capitalization, impairment of long-lived assets and revenue recognition. There have been no material changes to these policies in  2013 .

SUPPLEMENTAL EARNINGS MEASURES

Funds From Operations

Funds From Operations ("FFO") represents income before extraordinary items and gains (losses) on sale or disposal of depreciable operating properties, plus depreciation and amortization uniquely significant to real estate, impairment losses on depreciable real estate of consolidated real estate and after adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures, including depreciation and amortization, and impairment losses on investments in unconsolidated joint ventures driven by a measurable decrease in the fair value of depreciable real estate held by the unconsolidated joint ventures.

FFO is intended to exclude historical cost depreciation of real estate as required by United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") which assumes that the value of real estate assets diminishes ratably over time. Historically, however, real estate values have risen or fallen with market conditions. Because FFO excludes depreciation and amortization unique to real estate, gains and losses from property dispositions and extraordinary items, it provides a performance measure that, when compared year over year, reflects the impact to operations from trends in occupancy rates, rental rates, operating costs, development activities and interest costs, providing perspective not immediately apparent from net income.

We present FFO because we consider it an important supplemental measure of our operating performance and believe it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of REITs, many of which present FFO when reporting their results. FFO is widely used by us and others in our industry to evaluate and price potential acquisition candidates. The National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, Inc., of which we are a member, has encouraged its member companies to report their FFO as a supplemental, industry-wide standard measure of REIT operating performance. In addition, a percentage of bonus compensation to certain members of management is based on our FFO performance.


51



FFO has significant limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

FFO does not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
FFO does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and FFO does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;
FFO, which includes discontinued operations, may not be indicative of our ongoing operations; and
Other companies in our industry may calculate FFO differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, FFO should not be considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business or our dividend paying capacity. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using FFO only supplementally.

Below is a reconciliation of net income to FFO (in thousands, except per share and per unit amounts):
 
 
Three months ended
 
Nine months ended
 
 
September 30,
 
September 30,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
FUNDS FROM OPERATIONS
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

Net income
 
$
56,180

 
$
16,170

 
$
90,185

 
$
37,462

Adjusted for:
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

Depreciation and amortization uniquely significant to real estate - consolidated
 
23,888

 
24,532

 
67,798

 
74,543

Depreciation and amortization uniquely significant to real estate - unconsolidated joint ventures
 
2,861

 
1,641

 
9,465

 
5,109

Gain on previously held interest in acquired joint venture
 
(26,002
)
 

 
(26,002
)
 

Impairment charge - unconsolidated joint ventures
 

 

 

 
140

Funds from operations (FFO)
 
56,927

 
42,343

 
141,446

 
117,254

FFO attributable to noncontrolling interests in other consolidated partnerships
 
(117
)
 
(4
)
 
(190
)
 
10

Allocation of FFO to participating securities
 
(614
)
 
(425
)
 
(1,501
)
 
(1,123
)
Funds from operations available to common shareholders and noncontrolling interests in Operating Partnership
 
$
56,196

 
$
41,914

 
$
139,755

 
$
116,141

Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding (1) (2)
 
99,178

 
98,699

 
99,004

 
98,599

Dilutive funds from operations per share
 
$
0.57

 
$
0.42

 
$
1.41

 
$
1.18

Tanger Properties Limited Partnership:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average Operating Partnership units outstanding (1)
 
99,178

 
98,699

 
99,004

 
98,599

Dilutive funds from operations per unit
 
$
0.57

 
$
0.42

 
$
1.41

 
$
1.18

(1)
Includes the dilutive effect of options, restricted shares not considered participating securities, and notional units.
(2)
Assumes the partnership units of the Operating Partnership held by the noncontrolling interests are exchanged for common shares of the Company. Each unit held by a limited partner is exchangeable for one of the Company's common shares, subject to certain limitations to preserve the Company's REIT status.


52



Adjusted Funds From Operations

We present Adjusted Funds From Operations ("AFFO") as a supplemental measure of our performance. We define AFFO as FFO further adjusted to eliminate the impact of certain items that we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance. These further adjustments are itemized below. You are encouraged to evaluate these adjustments and the reasons we consider them appropriate for supplemental analysis. In evaluating AFFO you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of AFFO should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.

We present AFFO because we believe it assists investors and analysts in comparing our performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. In addition, we use AFFO, or some form of AFFO, when certain material, unplanned transactions occur, as a factor in evaluating management's performance when determining incentive compensation and to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies.

AFFO has limitations as an analytical tool. Some of these limitations are:
AFFO does not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
AFFO does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and AFFO does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;
AFFO does not reflect the impact of certain cash charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations; and
Other companies in our industry may calculate AFFO differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, AFFO should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using AFFO only supplementally.


53



Below is a reconciliation of FFO to AFFO (in thousands, except per share and per unit amounts):
 
 
Three months ended
 
Nine months ended
 
 
September 30,
 
September 30,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
ADJUSTED FUNDS FROM OPERATIONS
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

Funds from operations
 
$
56,927

 
$
42,343

 
$
141,446

 
$
117,254

Adjusted for non-core items:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Demolition costs
 
100

 

 
140

 

Acquisition costs
 
532

 

 
963

 

AFFO adjustments from unconsolidated joint ventures (1)
 
(7,962
)
 

 
(7,421
)
 
892

Adjusted funds from operations (AFFO)
 
49,597

 
42,343

 
135,128

 
118,146

AFFO attributable to noncontrolling interests in other consolidated partnerships
 
(117
)
 
(4
)
 
(190
)
 
10

Allocation of AFFO to participating securities
 
(533
)
 
(425
)
 
(1,431
)
 
(1,132
)
Adjusted funds from operations available to common shareholders and noncontrolling interests in Operating Partnership
 
$
48,947

 
$
41,914

 
$
133,507

 
$
117,024

Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding (2) (3)
 
99,178

 
98,699

 
99,004

 
98,599

Dilutive adjusted funds from operations per share
 
$
0.49

 
$
0.42

 
$
1.35

 
$
1.19

Tanger Properties Limited Partnership:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average Operating Partnership units outstanding (2)
 
99,178

 
98,699

 
99,004

 
98,599

Dilutive adjusted funds from operations per unit
 
$
0.49

 
$
0.42

 
$
1.35

 
$
1.19

(1)
Includes our share of acquisition costs, litigation settlement proceeds, abandoned development costs and gain on early extinguishment of debt from unconsolidated joint ventures. The gain on early extinguishment of debt was $4.6 million and the litigation settlement proceeds was $3.2 million, for the three and nine months ended, September 30, 2013.

(2)
Includes the dilutive effect of options, restricted shares not considered participating securities, and notional units.

(3)
Assumes the partnership units of the Operating Partnership held by the noncontrolling interest are exchanged for common shares of the Company.


54



Same Center Net Operating Income

We present Same Center Net Operating Income (“NOI”) as a supplemental measure of our performance. We define Net Operating Income ("NOI") as total operating revenues less property operating expenses. Same Center NOI represents the NOI for the properties that were operational for the entire portion of both comparable reporting periods and which were not acquired, expanded, renovated or subject to a material, non-recurring event, such as a natural disaster, during the comparable reporting periods. We believe that NOI and Same Center NOI provide useful information to our investors and analysts about our financial and operating performance because it provides a performance measure of the revenues and expenses directly involved in owning and operating real estate assets and provides a perspective not immediately apparent from net income or FFO. Because Same Center NOI excludes the change in NOI from properties developed, redeveloped, acquired, sold and expanded, it highlights operating trends such as occupancy levels, rental rates and operating costs on properties that were operational for both comparable periods. Other REITs may use different methodologies for calculating Same Center NOI, and accordingly, our Same Center NOI may not be comparable to other REITs.
     
Same Center NOI should not be viewed as an alternative measure of the Company's financial performance since it does not reflect the operations of the Company's entire portfolio, nor does it reflect the impact of general and administrative expenses, acquisition-related expenses, interest expense, depreciation and amortization costs, other non-property income and losses, and the level of capital expenditures and leasing costs necessary to maintain the operating performance of the Company's properties, or trends in development and construction activities which are significant economic costs and activities that could materially impact the Company's results from operations.

Below is a reconciliation of income before equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures to Same Center NOI (in thousands):
 
 
Three months ended
 
Nine months ended
 
 
September 30,
 
September 30,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2013
 
2012
SAME CENTER NET OPERATING INCOME
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income before equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated joint ventures
 
$
47,166

 
$
16,725

 
$
80,078

 
$
40,336

Interest expense
 
12,367

 
12,317

 
37,826

 
37,062

Gain on previously held interest in acquired joint venture
 
(26,002
)
 

 
(26,002
)
 

Operating income
 
33,531

 
29,042

 
91,902

 
77,398

Adjusted to exclude:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
24,223

 
24,809

 
68,683

 
75,247

Other non-property income and losses
 
(1,512
)
 
(1,380
)
 
(4,615
)
 
(3,834
)
Acquisition costs
 
532

 

 
963

 

General and administrative expenses
 
9,754

 
9,018

 
29,240

 
27,737

Property net operating income
 
66,528

 
61,489

 
186,173

 
176,548

Less: non-cash adjustments and termination rents (1)
 
(1,474
)
 
(1,174
)
 
(3,870
)
 
(4,370
)
Property net operating income - cash basis
 
65,054

 
60,315

 
182,303

 
172,178

Less: non-same center NOI  (2)
 
(8,672
)
 
(6,122
)
 
(21,542
)
 
(17,718
)
Total same center NOI - cash basis
 
$
56,382

 
$
54,193

 
$
160,761

 
$
154,460

(1)
Non-cash items include straight-line rent, net above and below market rent amortization and gains or losses on outparcel sales.
(2)
Centers excluded from same center NOI are as follows:
a.
Gonzales - Expansion opened during March and April 2013.
b.
Locust Grove - Expansion opened during April 2012.
c.
Sevierville - Expansion opened during September 2013.
d.
Deer Park - The Company acquired a controlling interest in the Deer Park, NY center on August 30, 2013.

55



ECONOMIC CONDITIONS AND OUTLOOK

The majority of our leases contain provisions designed to mitigate the impact of inflation. Such provisions include clauses for the escalation of base rent and clauses enabling us to receive percentage rentals based on tenants' gross sales (above predetermined levels, which we believe often are lower than traditional retail industry standards) which generally increase as prices rise. Most of the leases require the tenant to pay their share of property operating expenses, including common area maintenance, real estate taxes, insurance and advertising and promotion, thereby reducing exposure to increases in costs and operating expenses resulting from inflation.

While we believe outlet stores will continue to be a profitable and fundamental distribution channel for many brand name manufacturers, some retail formats are more successful than others. As typical in the retail industry, certain tenants have closed, or will close, certain stores by terminating their lease prior to its natural expiration or as a result of filing for protection under bankruptcy laws.

Due to the relatively short-term nature of our tenants' leases, a significant portion of the leases in our portfolio come up for renewal each year. As of January 1, 2013 , we had approximately 1.9 million square feet, or 18%, of our consolidated portfolio at that time coming up for renewal during 2013 . During the first nine months of 2013 , we renewed approximately 1.5 million square feet of this space at a 18% increase in the average base rental rate compared to the expiring rate. We also re-tenanted approximately 510,000 square feet at a 38% increase in the average base rental rate. In addition, we continue to attract and retain additional tenants. However, there can be no assurance that we can achieve similar increases in base rental rates. In addition, if we were unable to successfully renew or release a significant amount of this space on favorable economic terms, the loss in rent could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our outlet centers typically include well-known, national, brand name companies. By maintaining a broad base of well-known tenants and a geographically diverse portfolio of properties lo cated across the United States, we reduce our operating and leasing risks. No one tenant (including affiliates) accounts for more than 8% of our square feet or 7% of our combined base and percentage rental revenues. Accordingly, we do not expect any material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition as a result of leases to be renewed or stores to be released . As of September 30, 2013 and 2012 , respectively, occupancy at our consolidated centers was 99% .

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Market Risk
We are exposed to various market risks, including changes in interest rates. Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates. We may periodically enter into certain interest rate protection and interest rate swap agreements to effectively convert floating rate debt to a fixed rate basis. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. As of September 30, 2013 , we were not a party to any interest rate protection agreements.

As of September 30, 2013 , approximately 50% of our outstanding debt had a variable interest rate and was therefore subject to market fluctuations. An increase in the LIBOR rate of 100 basis points would result in an increase of approximately $6.7 million in interest expense on an annual basis. The information presented herein is merely an estimate and has limited predictive value.  As a result, the ultimate effect upon our operating results of interest rate fluctuations will depend on the interest rate exposures that arise during the period, our hedging strategies at that time and future changes in the level of interest rates.

The estimated fair value of our debt, consisting of senior unsecured notes, unsecured term loans, secured mortgages and unsecured lines of credit, at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $1.4 billion and $1.2 billion , respectively, and its recorded value was $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion , respectively. A 100 basis point increase from prevailing interest rates at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 would result in a decrease in fair value of total debt of approximately $30.9 million and $34.8 million , respectively. Fair values were determined, based on level 2 inputs, using discounted analysis with an interest rate or credit spread similar to that of current market borrowing arrangements.


56



Item 4. Controls and Procedures

Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. Controls and Procedures

The Company's management carried out an evaluation, with the participation of the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)) as of September 30, 2013 . Based on this evaluation, the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, have concluded the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of September 30, 2013 . There were no changes to the Company's internal controls over financial reporting during the quarter ended September 30, 2013 , that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Tanger Properties Limited Partnership Controls and Procedures

The management of the Operating Partnership's general partner carried out an evaluation, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Vice-President and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer) of the Operating Partnership's general partner, of the effectiveness of the Operating Partnership's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of September 30, 2013 . Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer of the Operating Partnership's general partner, and the Vice-President and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) of the Operating Partnership's general partner, have concluded the Operating Partnership's disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of September 30, 2013 . There were no changes to the Operating Partnership's internal controls over financial reporting during the quarter ended September 30, 2013 , that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Operating Partnership's internal control over financial reporting.


57



PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

Neither the Company nor the Operating Partnership is presently involved in any material litigation nor, to their knowledge, is any material litigation threatened against the Company or the Operating Partnership or its properties, other than routine litigation arising in the ordinary course of business and which is expected to be covered by liability insurance.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

There have been no material changes from the risk factors disclosed in the "Risk Factors" section of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 .

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable



58



Item 6. Exhibits
Exhibit Number
 
Exhibit Descriptions
3.1

 
Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Tanger Properties Limited Partnership dated August 30, 2013.
 
 
 
10.1 *

 
Form of 2013 Outperformance Plan Notional Unit Award agreement. (Incorporated by reference to the Company's and Operating Partnership's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013.)
 
 
 
10.2

 
Registration Rights Agreement among Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc, Tanger Properties Limited Partnership and DPSW Deer Park LLC.
 
 
 
12.1

 
Company's Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
 
 
 
12.2

 
Operating Partnership's Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
 
 
 
31.1

 
Principal Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes - Oxley Act of 2002 for Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.
 
 
 
31.2

 
Principal Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes - Oxley Act of 2002 for Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.
 
 
 
31.3

 
Principal Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes - Oxley Act of 2002 for Tanger Properties Limited Partnership.
 
 
 
31.4

 
Principal Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes - Oxley Act of 2002 for Tanger Properties Limited Partnership.
 
 
 
32.1

 
Principal Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes - Oxley Act of 2002 for Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.
 
 
 
32.2

 
Principal Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes - Oxley Act of 2002 for Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.
 
 
 
32.3

 
Principal Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes - Oxley Act of 2002 for Tanger Properties Limited Partnership.
 
 
 
32.4

 
Principal Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes - Oxley Act of 2002 for Tanger Properties Limited Partnership.
 
 
 
101

 
The following financial statements from Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. and Tanger Properties Limited Partnership's dual Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013, formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited), (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited), (iii) Consolidated Statements of Other Comprehensive Income (unaudited), (iv) Consolidated Statements of Equity (unaudited), (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited), and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).
*

 
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.


59



SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
DATE: November 12, 2013
TANGER FACTORY OUTLET CENTERS, INC.
By:
/s/ Frank C. Marchisello, Jr.
 
Frank C. Marchisello, Jr.
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
TANGER PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: TANGER GP TRUST, its sole general partner
By:
/s/ Frank C. Marchisello, Jr.
 
Frank C. Marchisello, Jr.
 
Vice President and Treasurer




60



Exhibit Index
 
Exhibit Number
 
Exhibit Descriptions
3.1

 
Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Tanger Properties Limited Partnership dated August 30, 2013.
 
 
 
10.1 *

 
Form of 2013 Outperformance Plan Notional Unit Award agreement. (incorporated by reference to the Company's and Operating Partnership's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013.)
 
 
 
10.2

 
Registration Rights Agreement among Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc, Tanger Properties Limited Partnership and DPSW Deer Park LLC.
 
 
 
12.1

 
Company's Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
 
 
 
12.2

 
Operating Partnership's Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
 
 
 
31.1

 
Principal Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes - Oxley Act of 2002 for Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.
 
 
 
31.2

 
Principal Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes - Oxley Act of 2002 for Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.
 
 
 
31.3

 
Principal Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes - Oxley Act of 2002 for Tanger Properties Limited Partnership.
 
 
 
31.4

 
Principal Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes - Oxley Act of 2002 for Tanger Properties Limited Partnership.
 
 
 
32.1

 
Principal Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes - Oxley Act of 2002 for Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.
 
 
 
32.2

 
Principal Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes - Oxley Act of 2002 for Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.
 
 
 
32.3

 
Principal Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes - Oxley Act of 2002 for Tanger Properties Limited Partnership.
 
 
 
32.4

 
Principal Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes - Oxley Act of 2002 for Tanger Properties Limited Partnership.
 
 
 
101

 
The following financial statements from Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. and Tanger Properties Limited Partnership's dual Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013, formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited), (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited), (iii) Consolidated Statements of Other Comprehensive income (unaudited), (iv) Consolidated Statements of Equity (unaudited), (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited), and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited).
 
 
 
*

 
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

61






TANGER PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF AUGUST 30, 2013








AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF
TANGER PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT, dated as of August 30, 2013, and effective on the Transfer Date (as defined below), is entered into by and among Tanger GP Trust, a Maryland business trust, as the General Partner; Tanger LP Trust, a Maryland business trust, as a Limited Partner; and the other parties listed on Exhibit A hereto as Limited Partners as of the Transfer Date; together with any other Persons who become Partners in the Partnership as provided herein.




Article 1
Section 1.1      Definitions
The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.
Act ” means the North Carolina Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor to such statute.
2      Additional Funds ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.5.A.
3      Additional Limited Partner ” means a Person admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 12.2 hereof and who is shown as such on the books and records of the Partnership.
4      Adjusted Capital Account ” means, with respect to any Partner, the balance, if any, in such Partner’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Partnership Year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:
(i)      increase such Capital Account by any amounts which such Partner is obligated to restore pursuant to this Agreement or is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentence of each of Regulations Sections 1.704-2(i)(5) and 1.704-2(g); and
(ii)      decrease such Capital Account by the items described in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).
The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
5      Adjusted Capital Account Deficit ” means, with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any, in such Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Partnership Year or other applicable period.
6      Adjustment Date ” means, with respect to any Capital Contribution, the close of business on the Business Day last preceding the date of the Capital Contribution; provided that if such Capital Contribution is being made by the General Partner in respect of the proceeds from the issuance of REIT Shares (or the issuance of other securities of the Initial General Partner exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for REIT Shares), then the Adjustment Date shall be as of the close of business on the Business Day last preceding the date of the issuance of such securities.
7      Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.




8      Agreed Value ” means (i) in the case of any Contributed Property set forth in Exhibit A and as of the time of its contribution to the Partnership, the Agreed Value of such property as set forth in Exhibit A ; (ii) in the case of any Contributed Property not set forth in Exhibit A and as of the time of its contribution to the Partnership, the fair market value of such property or other consideration as determined by the General Partner, reduced by any liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed; and (iii) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the fair market value of such property as determined by the General Partner at the time such property is distributed, reduced by any indebtedness either assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of the distribution as determined under Section 752 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.
9      Agreement ” means this Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement, as it may be further amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
10      Appraisal ” means with respect to any assets, the opinion of an independent third party experienced in the valuation of similar assets, selected by the General Partner in good faith, such opinion may be in the form of an opinion by such independent third party that the value for such property or asset as set by the General Partner is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Partnership.
11      Articles of Incorporation ” means the Articles of Incorporation of the Initial General Partner filed in the state of North Carolina on March 3, 1993 as amended or restated from time to time.
12      Assignee ” means a Person to whom one or more Partnership Units have been transferred in a manner permitted under this Agreement, but who has not become a Substituted Limited Partner, and who has the rights set forth in Section 11.5.
13      Available Cash ” means, with respect to any period for which such calculation is being made, (i) the sum of:
(a)      the Partnership’s Net Income or Net Loss (as the case may be) for such period,
(b)      Depreciation and all other noncash charges deducted in determining Net Income or Net Loss for such period,
(c)      the amount of any reduction in reserves of the Partnership referred to in clause (ii)(f) below (including, without limitation, reductions resulting because the General Partner determines such amounts are no longer necessary),
(d)      the excess of the net proceeds from the sale, exchange, disposition, or refinancing of Partnership property for such period over the gain (or loss, as the case may be) recognized from any such sale, exchange, disposition, or refinancing during such period (excluding Terminating Capital Transactions), and

3
NY\5888591.8



(e)      all other cash received by the Partnership for such period or prior periods that was not included in determining Net Income or Net Loss for such period or prior periods or any other cash that would be legally available for distribution;
14      (ii)    less the sum of:
(a)      all principal debt payments made during such period by the Partnership,
(b)      capital expenditures made by the Partnership during such period,
(c)      investments in any entity (including loans made thereto) to the extent that such investments are not otherwise described in clauses (ii)(a) or (b),
(d)      all other expenditures and payments not deducted in determining Net Income or Net Loss for such period,
(e)      any amount included in determining Net Income or Net Loss for such period that was not received by the Partnership during such period, and
(f)      the amount of any increase in reserves established during such period which the General Partner determines are necessary or appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Available Cash shall not include any cash received or reductions in reserves, or take into account any disbursements made or reserves, established, after commencement of the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership.
15      Bankruptcy ” means any event where the General Partner, or the Partnership, as the case may be, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, is adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against him in any proceeding of this nature, or seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for all or any substantial part of its properties, in each case, if it is a Bankruptcy of the General Partner, within the meaning of Section 59-402 of the Act (or any successor provision). In addition, the term “Bankruptcy” shall include any act under Section 59-402(5) of the Act.
16      Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Initial General Partner.
17      Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to be closed.
18      Capital Account ” means, with respect to any Partner, the Capital Account maintained for such Partner in accordance with the following provisions:
(a)      To each Partner’s Capital Account there shall be added such Partner’s Capital Contributions, such Partner’s share of Net Income and any items in the nature of income or gain

4
NY\5888591.8



which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.3 hereof, and the amount of any Partnership liabilities assumed by such Partner or which are secured by any property distributed to such Partner.
(b)      From each Partner’s Capital Account there shall be subtracted the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any property distributed to such Partner pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, such Partner’s distributive share of Net Losses and any items in the nature of expenses or losses which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.3 hereof, and the amount of any liabilities of such Partner assumed by the Partnership or which are secured by any property contributed by such Partner to the Partnership.
(c)      In the event any interest in the Partnership is transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent it relates to the transferred interest.
(d)      In determining the amount of any liability for purposes of subsections (a) and (b) hereof, there shall be taken into account Code section 752(c) and any other applicable provisions of the Code and Regulations.
(e)      The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b) and Section 1.704-2, and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. In the event the General Partner shall determine that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts, or any debits or credits thereto (including, without limitation, debits or credits relating to liabilities which are secured by contributed or distributed property or which are assumed by the Partnership, the General Partner, or the Limited Partners) are computed in order to comply with such Regulations, the General Partner may make such modification; provided that it is not likely to have a material effect on the amounts distributable to any Person pursuant to Article 13 of the Agreement upon the dissolution of the Partnership. The General Partner also shall (i) make any adjustments that are necessary or appropriate to maintain equality between the Capital Accounts of the Partners and the amount of Partnership capital reflected on the Partnership’s balance sheet, as computed for book purposes, in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(q), and (ii) make any appropriate modifications in the event unanticipated events might otherwise cause this Agreement not to comply with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b) or Section 1.704-2.
19      Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Partner, the amount of money and the initial Gross Asset Value of any property (other than money) contributed to the Partnership by such Partner.
20      Certificate ” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership relating to the Partnership filed in the office of the North Carolina Secretary of State, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and the Act.
21      Class A Common Limited Partnership Interest ” means a Partnership Interest consisting of Class A Common Limited Partnership Units.

5
NY\5888591.8



22      Class A Common Limited Partnership Unit ” means: (i) any Partnership Unit that was held by a Limited Partner (other than the Wholly-Owned LP Trust) on the Transfer Date, without regard to any subsequent transfer of such Partnership Unit; (ii) any Partnership Unit issued pursuant to Section 4.6 of this Agreement in connection with the exercise of an option granted under the Unit Option Plan; and (iii) any Partnership Unit issued after the Transfer Date to a Limited Partner, excluding the Wholly-Owned LP Trust, or to an Additional Limited Partner pursuant to Section 4.5 of this Agreement in exchange for a Capital Contribution.
23      Class B Common Limited Partnership Interest ” means a Partnership Interest consisting of Class B Common Limited Partnership Units.
24      Class B Common Limited Partnership Unit ” means: (i) any Partnership Unit that was transferred from the Initial General Partner to the Wholly-Owned LP Trust, without regard to any subsequent transfer of such Partnership Unit; and (ii) any Partnership Unit (other than a Preferred Partnership Unit) issued after the Transfer Date to the Wholly-Owned LP Trust pursuant to Section 4.5 of this Agreement in exchange for a Capital Contribution.
25      Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time or any successor statute thereto, as interpreted by the applicable regulations thereunder. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of future law.
26      Consent ” means the consent to, approval of, or vote on a proposed action by a Partner given in accordance with Article 14 hereof.
27      Consent of the Class A Limited Partners ” means the Consent of a Majority in Interest of the Class A Limited Partners, which Consent shall be obtained prior to the taking of any action for which it is required by this Agreement and may be given or withheld by a Majority in Interest of the Class A Limited Partners, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, in their sole and absolute discretion.
28      Contributed Property ” means each property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Act, but excluding cash, contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership (or deemed contributed to the Partnership on termination and reconstitution thereof pursuant to Section 708 of the Code).
29      Debt ” means, as to any Person, as of any date of determination, (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services; (ii) all amounts owed by such Person to banks or other Persons in respect to reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments guaranteeing payment or other performance of obligations by such Person; (iii) all indebtedness for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services secured by any lien on any property owned by such Person, to the extent attributable to such Person’s interest in such property, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment thereof; and (iv) lease obligations of such Person which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, should be capitalized.

6
NY\5888591.8



30      Depreciation ” means, for each Partnership Year or other applicable period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for such year or other period, except that if the Gross Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided , however , that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such year is zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.
31      Deemed Partnership Interest Value ” means, as of any date, the Deemed Value of the Partnership multiplied by the applicable Partner’s Percentage Interest.
32      Deemed Value of the Partnership ” means, as of any date, the total number of REIT Shares issued and outstanding as of the close of business on such date (excluding any treasury shares) multiplied by the Value of a REIT Share on such date, (i) minus the net fair market value of the REIT Properties determined by the Board of Directors of the Initial General Partner in good faith, and (ii) divided by the combined Percentage Interests of the Wholly-Owned Trusts on such date.
33      Disregarded Entity ” means, (i) any “qualified REIT subsidiary” (within the meaning of Code section 856(i)(2)), (ii) any entity treated as a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes with respect to any Person, or (iii) any grantor trust.
34      Effective Date ” means June 4, 1993.
35      Election Notice ” is defined in Section 4.5.E.
36      Exchange ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.6.
37      Exchange Factor ” initially means 1.0 ; provided that:
(a)      in the event that the Initial General Partner
(i)      declares or pays a dividend on its outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares to all holders of its outstanding REIT Shares or makes a distribution to all holders of its outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares,
(ii)      splits or subdivides its REIT Shares into a larger number of REIT Shares or
(iii)      affects a reverse split combines its outstanding REIT Shares into a smaller number of REIT Shares,
the Exchange Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Exchange Factor previously in effect by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of REIT Shares issued and outstanding on the record date for such dividend, distribution, split, subdivision, reverse split or combination

7
NY\5888591.8



(assuming for such purposes that such dividend, distribution, split, subdivision, reverse split or combination has occurred as of such time), and the denominator of which shall be the actual number of REIT Shares (determined without the above assumption) issued and outstanding on the record date for such dividend, distribution, split, subdivision, reverse split or combination;
(b)      in the event that the Initial General Partner distributes any rights, options or warrants to all holders of its REIT Shares to subscribe for or to purchase or to otherwise acquire REIT Shares (or other securities or rights convertible into, exchangeable for or exercisable for REIT Shares) at a price per share less than Value of a REIT Share on the record date for such distribution (each a “Distributed Right”), then the Exchange Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Exchange Factor previously in effect by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of REIT Shares issued and outstanding on the record date plus the maximum number of REIT Shares purchasable under such Distributed Rights, and the denominator of which shall be the number of REIT Shares issued and outstanding on the record date plus a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of REIT Shares purchasable under such Distributed Rights times the minimum purchase price per REIT Share under such Distributed Rights, and the denominator of which is the Value of a REIT Share as of the record date; provided that if any such Distributed Rights expire or become no longer exercisable, then the Exchange Factor shall be adjusted, effective retroactive to the date of distribution of the Distributed Rights, to reflect a reduced maximum number of REIT Shares or any change in the minimum purchase price for the purposes of the above fractions; and
(c)      in the event the Initial General Partner shall, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to all holders of its REIT Shares evidences of its indebtedness or assets (including securities, but excluding any dividend or distribution referred to in clause (i) above), which evidences of indebtedness or assets relate to assets not received by the Initial General Partner or through either Wholly-Owned Trust pursuant to a pro rata distribution by the Partnership, then the Exchange Factor shall be adjusted to equal the amount determined by multiplying the Exchange Factor in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution by a fraction of which the numerator shall be such Value of each REIT Share on the date fixed for such determination, and the denominator shall be the Value of each REIT Share on the dated fixed for such determination less the then fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive) of the portion of the evidences of indebtedness or assets so distributed applicable to one REIT Share.
Any adjustment to the Exchange Factor shall become effective immediately after the effective date of such event retroactive to the record date, if any, for such event; provided that any Limited Partner may waive, by written notice to the General Partner, the effect of any adjustment to the Exchange Factor applicable to the Units held by such Limited Partner, and thereafter, such adjustment will not be effective as to such Units.
38      Exchange Right ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.6 hereof.
39      First Transfer Date ” means December 31, 1999, the effective date of the transfer of the entire Partnership Interest of the Initial General Partner to the Wholly-Owned Trusts, as provided in the Partnership Interest Transfer Agreement dated December 30, 1999 among the Initial General Partner, Tanger Family Limited Partnership, Tanger LP Trust and Tanger GP Trust.

8
NY\5888591.8



40      Flow-Through Entity ” is defined in Section 11.6.E.
41      Funding Debt ” means the incurrence of any Debt by or on behalf of the Initial General Partner for the purpose of providing funds to the Partnership.
42      Funding Notice ” is defined in Section 4.5.B.
43      General Partner ” means the Initial General Partner until the Transfer Date and thereafter, Tanger GP Trust or its successors as general partner of the Partnership.
44      General Partner Interest ” means a Partnership Interest held by the General Partner that is a general partnership interest. A General Partner Interest may be expressed as a number of Partnership Units.
45      General Partner Loan ” is defined in Section 4.5.C.
46      Gross Asset Value ” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:
(a)      The initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Partner to the Partnership shall be the gross fair market value of such asset, as determined by the contributing Partner and the General Partner (as set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto, as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time); provided that if the contributing Partner is the General Partner then, except with respect to the General Partner’s initial Capital Contribution which shall be determined as set forth on Exhibit C , or capital contributions of cash, the determination of the fair market value of the contributed asset shall be determined by Appraisal.
(b)      The Gross Asset Values of all Partnership assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined by the General Partner using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt; provided , however , that for this purpose the net value of all of the Partnership assets, in the aggregate, shall be equal to the Deemed Value of the Partnership, regardless of the method of valuation adopted by the General Partner, immediately prior to the occurrence of any event described in clauses (i) through (iv) below:
(i)      the acquisition of an additional interest in the Partnership by a new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution, if the General Partner reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership;
(ii)      the distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of Partnership property as consideration for an interest in the Partnership if the General Partner reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership;
(iii)      the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g); and

9
NY\5888591.8



(iv)      at such other times as the General Partner shall reasonably determine necessary or advisable in order to comply with Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2.
(c)      The Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset distributed to a Partner shall be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution as determined by the distributee and the General Partner, or if the distributee and the General Partner cannot agree on such a determination, by Appraisal.
(d)      The Gross Asset Values of Partnership assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m); provided , however , that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subparagraph (d) to the extent that the General Partner reasonably determines that an adjustment pursuant to subparagraph (b) is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subparagraph (d).
(e)      If the Gross Asset Value of a Partnership asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subparagraph (a), (b) or (c), such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Net Income and Net Losses.
47      Holder ” means either the Partner or Assignee owning a Unit.
48      IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service, which administers the internal revenue laws of the United States.
49      Immediate Family ” means, with respect to any natural Person, such natural Person’s estate or heirs or current spouse, parents, parents-in-law, children, siblings and grandchildren and any trust or estate, all of the beneficiaries of which consist of such Person or such Person’s spouse, parents, parents-in-law, children, siblings or grandchildren.
50      Incapacity ” or “ Incapacitated ” means, (i) as to any individual Partner, death, total physical disability or entry by a court of competent jurisdiction adjudicating him incompetent to manage his Person or his estate; (ii) as to any corporation which is a Partner, the filing of a certificate of dissolution, or its equivalent, for the corporation or the revocation of its charter; (iii) as to any partnership which is a Partner, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the partnership; (iv) as to any estate which is a Partner, the distribution by the fiduciary of the estate’s entire interest in the Partnership; (v) as to any trustee of a trust which is a Partner, the termination of the trust (but not the substitution of a new trustee); or (vi) as to any Partner, the bankruptcy of such Partner. For purposes of this definition, bankruptcy of a Partner shall be deemed to have occurred when (a) the Partner commences a voluntary proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (b) the Partner is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, or a final and nonappealable order for relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect has been entered against the Partner, (c) the Partner executes and delivers a general assignment for the benefit of the Partner’s creditors, (d) the

10
NY\5888591.8



Partner files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the Partner in any proceeding of the nature described in clause (b) above, (e) the Partner seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for the Partner or for all or any substantial part of the Partner’s properties, (f) any proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect has not been dismissed within 120 days after the commencement thereof, (g) the appointment without the Partner’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver of liquidator has not been vacated or stayed within 90 days of such appointment, or (h) an appointment referred to in clause (g) is not vacated within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay.
51      Incentive Award Plan ” means The Amended and Restated Incentive Award Plan of the Initial General Partner.
52      Indemnitee ” means (i) any Person made a party to a proceeding by reason of his status as (A) the General Partner or (B) a director, trustee or officer of the Partnership or the General Partner or any of the Wholly-Owned Trusts, and (ii) such other Persons (including Affiliates of the General Partner or the Partnership) as the General Partner may designate from time to time, in its sole and absolute discretion.
53      Initial General Partner ” means Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc., a North Carolina corporation that qualifies as a REIT, which has been the general partner of the Partnership at all times prior to the First Transfer Date and which is withdrawing as the general partner of the Partnership on the First Transfer Date. The term “Initial General Partner” will continue to refer to Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. after the First Transfer Date and refers to any successor thereto, including any successor by merger or consolidation.
54      Limited Partner ” means: (i) any Person named as a Limited Partner in Exhibit A attached hereto, as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time, and without regard to any classification of the Partnership Interests held by such Person named as a Limited Partner in Exhibit A ; and (ii) any Substituted Limited Partner or Additional Limited Partner, in such Person’s capacity as a Limited Partner in the Partnership.
55      Limited Partnership Interest ” means a Partnership Interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. A Limited Partnership Interest may be expressed as a number of Partnership Units and/or Preferred Units.
56      Liquidator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.2.A.
57      Majority in Interest of the Class A Limited Partners ” means those Limited Partners (other than any Limited Partner 50% or more of whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by the General Partner) collectively holding a number of Class A Common Limited Partnership Units that is greater than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate number of Class A Common Limited

11
NY\5888591.8



Partnership Units of all Limited Partners (other than any Limited Partner 50% or more whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by the General Partner).
58      Net Income ” or “ Net Loss ” means for each Partnership Year, an amount equal to the Partnership’s taxable income or loss for such Partnership Year, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain loss, or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:
(a)      Any income of the Partnership that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss pursuant to this definition of Net Income or Net Loss shall be added to such taxable income or loss;
(b)      Any expenditures of the Partnership described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss pursuant to this definition of Net Income or Net Loss shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;
(c)      In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to subparagraph (b) or subparagraph (c) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss;
(d)      Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Gross Asset Value;
(e)      In lieu of the depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such Partnership Year;
(f)      To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Partner’s interest in the Partnership, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the asset) from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss; and
(g)      Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition of Net Income or Net Loss, any items which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.3 hereof shall not be taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss. The amounts of the items of Partnership income, gain, loss, or deduction available to be specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.3 hereof shall be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in this definition of Net Income or Net Loss.

12
NY\5888591.8



59      Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(1), and the amount of Nonrecourse Deductions for a Partnership Year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-2(c).
60      Nonrecourse Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.752-1(a)(2).
61      Notice of Exchange ” means the Notice of Exchange substantially in the form of Exhibit B to this Agreement.
62      Partner ” means a General Partner or a Limited Partner, and “Partners” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.
63      Partner Minimum Gain ” means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such Partner Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3).
64      Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).
65      Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2), and the amount of Partner Nonrecourse Deductions with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt for a Partnership Year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2).
66      Partnership ” means the limited partnership formed under the Act and pursuant to this Agreement, and any successor thereto.
67      Partnership Interest ” means an ownership interest in the Partnership of either a Limited Partner or the General Partner and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. A Partnership Interest may be expressed as a number of Partnership Units and/or Preferred Units.
68      Partnership Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(2), and the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain, as well as any net increase or decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, for a Partnership Year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-2(d).
69      Partnership Record Date ” means the record date established by the General Partner for the distribution of Available Cash pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof which record date shall be the same as the record date established by the Initial General Partner for a distribution to its shareholders of some or all of the portion of such distribution made to the Wholly-Owned Trusts.

13
NY\5888591.8



70      Partnership Unit ” means a fractional, undivided share of the Partnership Interests of all Partners issued pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2, but does not include Preferred Units issued pursuant to Section 4.7.
71      Partnership Year ” means the fiscal year of the Partnership, which shall be the calendar year.
72      Percentage Interest ” means, as to a Partner, its interest in the Partnership as determined by dividing the Partnership Units (other than Preferred Units) owned by such Partner by the total number of Partnership Units (other than Preferred Units) then outstanding and as specified in Exhibit A attached hereto, as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time. Preferred Units are not included in any aspect of this calculation.
73      Person ” means an individual or a corporation, partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, association or other entity.
74      Pledge ” is defined in Section 11.3.A.
75      Preemptive Contribution ” is defined in Section 4.5.E.
76      Preferred Limited Partnership Interest ” means a Partnership Interest consisting of any class of Preferred Limited Partnership Units.
77      Preferred Limited Partnership Unit ” means any Preferred Unit issued to the Wholly-Owned LP Trust in exchange for the contribution of the net proceeds from any Preferred Offering pursuant to Section 4.7 of this Agreement.
78      Preferred Distribution ” means, with respect to any Preferred Unit of a particular class, an amount per Unit equal to the amount established for such class of Preferred Units.
79      Preferred Distribution Shortfall ” is defined in Section 5.1(B).
80      Preferred Offering ” means any offering of any Preferred Shares by the Initial General Partner.
81      Preferred Shares ” means any Preferred Shares issued from time to time by the Initial General Partner.
82      Preferred Units ” means the interests in the Partnership received by the Wholly-Owned LP Trust in exchange for the additional capital contribution described in Section 4.7 of this Agreement from the issuance of Preferred Shares.
83      Preferred Unit Redemption Amount ” means, with respect to any Preferred Unit of any class, the sum of (a) the amount of any accumulated Preferred Distribution Shortfall with respect to such class of Preferred Unit, plus (b) the liquidation preference per Preferred Unit established for such class pursuant to Section 4.7; provided , however , that in the case of any Preferred Unit (or fraction thereof) redeemed as a result of a redemption of Preferred Shares pursuant to subparagraph

14
NY\5888591.8



J(8) or (10) of Article II of the Articles of Incorporation of the Initial General Partner, the Redemption Amount shall be equal to the amount paid by the Initial General Partner on account of the redemption of the equivalent amount of such Preferred Shares (including fractions thereof) pursuant to such subparagraph J(8) or (10), as applicable.
84      Properties ” means such interests in real property and personal property including without limitation, fee interests, interests, in ground leases, interests in joint ventures, interests in mortgages, and Debt instruments as the Partnership may hold from time to time.
85      Pro Rata Contribution ” is defined in Section 4.5.E.
86      Public Offering Funding Amount ” is defined in Section 8.6.D.
87      Public Offering Funding ” is defined in Section 8.6.D.
88      Qualified Transferee ” means an “Accredited Investor” as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act.
89      Regulations ” means the Income Tax Regulations promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).
90      Regulatory Allocations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(A)(viii) of this Agreement.
91      REIT ” means a real estate investment trust under Section 856 of the Code.
92      REIT Properties ” means any property or assets owned by the Initial General Partner directly or by any of the Wholly-Owned Trusts, excluding the Initial General Partner’s interests in the Wholly-Owned Trusts, the Wholly-Owned Trusts’ interests in the Partnership and any property or assets owned by the Partnership.
93      REIT Requirements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
94      REIT Share ” shall mean a common share of the Initial General Partner, but shall not, for purposes of the definition of “Exchange Factor,” include any Excess Shares (as defined in the Articles of Incorporation of the Initial General Partner).
95      REIT Shares Amount ” shall mean a number of REIT Shares equal to the product of the number of Partnership Units made subject to an Exchange by a Limited Partner, multiplied by the Exchange Factor.
96      Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.
97      Specified Exchange Date ” means the date of receipt by the Initial General Partner of a Notice of Exchange.

15
NY\5888591.8



98      Stock Option Plan ” means the non-qualified and incentive stock option plan of the Initial General Partner.
99      Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity of which a majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities or (ii) the outstanding equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.
100      Substituted Limited Partner ” means a Person who is admitted as a Limited Partner to the Partnership pursuant to Section 11.4.
101      Terminating Capital Transaction ” means any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership or a related series of transactions that, taken together, result in the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership.
102      Transfer Date ” August 30, 2013.
103      Unit Option Plan ” means the Non-Qualified Unit Option Plan of the Partnership described in Section 4.6.
104      Valuation Date ” means the date of receipt by the Initial General Partner of a Notice of Exchange or, if such date is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day.
105      Value ” means, with respect to a REIT Share, the average of the daily market price for the ten (10) consecutive trading days immediately preceding the Valuation Date. The market price for each such trading day shall be: (i) if the REIT Shares are listed or admitted to trading on any securities exchange or the NASDAQ-National Market System, the closing price, regular way, on such day, or if no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, (ii) if the REIT Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any securities exchange or the NASDAQ-National Market System, the last reported sale price on such day or, if no sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by the General Partner, or (iii) if the REIT Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any securities exchange or the NASDAQ-National Market System and no such last reported sale price or closing bid and asked prices are available, the average of the reported high bid and low asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by the General Partner, or if there shall be no bid and asked prices on such day, the average of the high bid and low asked prices, as so reported, on the most recent day (not more than 10 days prior to the date in question) for which prices have been so reported; provided that if there are no bid and asked prices reported during the 10 days prior to the date in question, the Value of the REIT Shares shall be determined by the General Partner acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate. In the event the REIT Shares Amount includes rights that a holder of REIT Shares would be entitled to receive, then the Value of such rights shall be determined by the General Partner acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate; and provided further that , in connection with determining the Deemed Value of the Partnership for purposes of determining the number of additional Partnership Units issuable upon

16
NY\5888591.8



a Capital Contribution funded by an underwritten public offering of REIT Shares, then the Value of the REIT Shares shall be the public offering price per share of the REIT Shares sold.
106      Wholly-Owned LP Trust ” means Tanger LP Trust.
107      Wholly-Owned Trust ” means Tanger GP Trust or Tanger LP Trust.
Article 2     
ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS
Section 2.1      Organization
The Partnership is a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act. The Partnership Interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes.
The Partnership was initially formed with an initial contribution of $1.00 by the Initial General Partner for one Partnership Unit of general partnership interest, and an initial contribution of $1.00 by Tanger Family Limited Partnership, a North Carolina limited partnership, for one Partnership Unit of limited partnership interest. Upon the Effective Date, the contributions specified on Exhibit A as being made on the Effective Date were made and the Partnership Units specified therein have been issued. Upon such issuance, the initial Partnership Unit issued to the Initial General Partner and the initial Partnership Unit issued to Tanger Family Limited Partnership were redeemed for the price of $1.00 each.
Section 2.2      Name
The name of the Partnership is Tanger Properties Limited Partnership. The Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed advisable by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof. The words “Limited Partnership,” “LP.,” “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purposes of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.
Section 2.3      Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office
The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of North Carolina is located at 3200 Northline Avenue, Suite 360, Greensboro, North Carolina, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of North Carolina at such registered office shall be as set forth in the Certificate, as it may be amended from time to time. The principal office of the Partnership is 3200 Northline Avenue, Suite 360, Greensboro, North Carolina 27408 or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.

17
NY\5888591.8



The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of North Carolina as the General Partner deems advisable.
Section 2.4      Power of Attorney
A.      Each Limited Partner and each Assignee constitutes and appoints the General Partner, any Liquidator, and authorized officers and attorneys-in-fact of each, and each of those acting singly, in each case with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in its name, place and stead to:
(1)      execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices (a) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including, without limitation, this Agreement and the Certificate and all amendments or restatements thereof) that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to form, qualify or continue the existence or qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of North Carolina and in all other jurisdictions in which the Partnership may conduct business or own property; (b) all instruments that the General Partner deems appropriate or necessary to reflect any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement in accordance with its terms; (c) all conveyances and other instruments or documents that the General Partner deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, a certificate of cancellation; (d) all instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal, removal or substitution of any Partner pursuant to, or other events described in, Article 11, 12 or 13 hereof or the Capital Contribution of any Partner; and (e) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the determination of the rights, preferences and privileges of Partnership Interests; and
(2)      execute, swear to, acknowledge and file all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates and other instruments appropriate or necessary, in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner, to make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action which is made or given by the Partners hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement or appropriate or necessary, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, to effectuate the terms or intent of this Agreement.
Nothing contained herein shall be construed as authorizing the General Partner to amend this Agreement except in accordance with Article 14 hereof or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.
B.      The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, in recognition of the fact that each of the Partners will be relying upon the power of the General Partner to act as contemplated by this Agreement in any filing or other action by it on behalf of the Partnership, and it shall survive and not be affected by the subsequent Incapacity of any Limited Partner or Assignee and the transfer of all or any portion of such Limited Partner’s or Assignee’s Partnership Units and shall extend to such Limited Partner’s or Assignee’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives. Each such Limited Partner or Assignee hereby agrees to be bound by any representation made by the General Partner, acting in good faith pursuant to such power of attorney; and each such Limited Partner or Assignee hereby

18
NY\5888591.8



waives any and all defenses which may be available to contest, engage or disaffirm the action of the General Partner, taken in good faith under such power of attorney. Each Limited Partner or Assignee shall execute and deliver to the General Partner or the Liquidator, within 15 days after receipt of the General Partner’s request therefor, such further designation, powers of attorney and other instruments as the General Partner or the Liquidator, as the case may be, deems necessary to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Partnership.
Section 2.5      Term
The term of the Partnership commenced on May 24, 1993 and shall continue until the date set forth in the Certificate unless it is dissolved sooner pursuant to the provisions of Article 13 or as otherwise provided by law.
Article 3     
PURPOSE
Section 3.1      Purpose and Business
The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership is (i) to conduct any business that may be lawfully conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Act; provided , however , that such business shall be limited to and conducted in such a manner as to permit the Initial General Partner at all times to be classified as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, unless the Initial General Partner has determined to cease to qualify as a REIT, (ii) to enter into any partnership, joint venture or other similar arrangement to engage in any of the foregoing or the ownership of interests in any entity engaged in any of the foregoing and (iii) to do anything necessary or incidental to the foregoing.
Section 3.2      Powers
The Partnership is empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership; provided that the Partnership shall not take, or refrain from taking, any action which, in the judgment of the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, (i) could adversely affect the ability of the Initial General Partner to continue to qualify as a REIT, (ii) could subject the Initial General Partner to any additional taxes under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code, or (iii) could violate any law or regulation of any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over the Initial General Partner or its securities, unless any such action (or inaction) under (i), (ii) or (iii) shall have been specifically consented to by the General Partner in writing.
Article 4     
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
Section 4.1      Capital Contributions of the Partners
Upon the Effective Date, the Partners made Capital Contributions as set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement. To the extent the Partnership acquires after the date of this Agreement any

19
NY\5888591.8



property by the merger of any other Person into the Partnership, Persons who receive Partnership Interests in exchange for their interests in the Person merging into the Partnership shall become Partners and shall be deemed to have made Capital Contributions as provided in the applicable merger agreement and as set forth in Exhibit A as amended. The Partners shall own Partnership Units in the amounts set forth in Exhibit A and shall have a Percentage Interest in the Partnership as set forth in Exhibit A , which Percentage Interest shall be adjusted in Exhibit A from time to time by the General Partner to the extent necessary to reflect accurately exchanges, redemptions, Capital Contributions, the issuance of additional Partnership Units, or similar events having an effect on a Partner’s Percentage Interest. Except as provided in Sections 4.5 and 10.5, the Partners shall have no obligation to make any additional Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership.
Section 4.2      Additional Capital Contributions Generally
Except as otherwise required by law or pursuant to this Article 4, no Partner shall be required or permitted to make any additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership.
Section 4.3      Loans by Partners
Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.5, no Partner shall be required or permitted to make any loans to the Partnership.
Section 4.4      Loans by Third Parties
The Partnership may incur Debt, or enter into other similar credit, guarantee, financing or refinancing arrangements for any purpose (including, without limitation, in connection with any further acquisition of Properties) upon such terms as the General Partner determines appropriate; provided that loans from the General Partner shall be subject to Section 4.5.C.
Section 4.5      Additional Funding and Capital Contributions
A.      General . The General Partner may, at any time and from time to time, determine that the Partnership requires additional funds or property (“ Additional Funds ”) for such purposes as the General Partner may determine. Additional Funds may be raised by the Partnership, at the election of the General Partner, in any manner provided in, and in accordance with, the terms of this Section 4.5. No Person shall have any preemptive rights or rights to subscribe for or acquire any Partnership Interest, except as set forth in this Section 4.5.
B.      Additional General Partner Capital Contributions . Upon written notice (the “ Funding Notice ”) to the Partners of the need for Additional Funds and the anticipated source(s) thereof, the General Partner may contribute Additional Funds to the capital of the Partnership in exchange for Partnership Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 4.5B, to the extent the Initial General Partner raises all or any portion of the Additional Funds through the sale or other issuance of REIT Shares or other equity interests in the Initial General Partner (other than Preferred Shares issued pursuant to Section 4.7 hereof), (i) the Initial General Partner shall contribute such Additional Funds to the Wholly-Owned LP Trust (except as otherwise required by Section 4.5G) and the Wholly-Owned LP Trust shall in turn contribute the Additional Funds received by it to the Partnership in exchange for Class B Common Limited Partnership Interests and (ii) the Initial

20
NY\5888591.8



General Partner shall contribute the remainder of the Additional Funds to the General Partner and the General Partner shall contribute the Additional Funds received by it to the Partnership in exchange for Partnership Units as required by Section 4.5G. Each of the Wholly-Owned LP Trust and Tanger Family Limited Partnership hereby waives the right to receive the Funding Notice required pursuant to this Section 4.5B and the right to make a Pro Rata Contribution pursuant to Section 4.5E with respect to all prior and future contributions of Additional Funds derived from the sale or other issue of REIT Shares. No notice to the Partners will be given in respect of Capital Contributions under Section 4.6 or Section 4.7.
C.      General Partner Loans . Upon delivery of a Funding Notice to the Partners, the General Partner may, or, to the extent the Initial General Partner enters into a Funding Debt, the General Partner shall, lend the Additional Funds to the Partnership (a “ General Partner Loan ”). If the Initial General Partner enters into such a Funding Debt, the General Partner Loan will consist of the net proceeds from such Funding Debt and will be on the same terms and conditions, including interest rate, repayment schedule and costs and expenses, as shall be applicable with respect to or incurred in connection with such Funding Debt. Otherwise, all General Partner Loans made pursuant to this Section 4.5 shall be on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Partnership than would be available to the Partnership from any third party.
D.      Additional Limited Partners . Upon delivery of a Funding Notice to the Partners, the General Partner, in its sole discretion, on behalf of the Partnership, may raise all or any portion of the Additional Funds by accepting additional Capital Contributions, (i) in the case of cash, from the General Partner or, pursuant to Section 4.5.E hereof, any Limited Partner, or, (ii) in the case of property other than cash, from any Partner and/or third parties, and either (a) in the case of a Partner, issuing additional Units, or (b) in the case of a third party, admitting such third party as an Additional Limited Partner. Subject to the terms of this Section 4.5, the General Partner shall determine the amount, terms and conditions of such additional Capital Contributions.
E.      No Preemptive Rights of Partners . No Limited Partner shall have any preemptive rights with respect to a capital contribution under this Article IV unless specifically granted by the General Partner in its sole discretion.
F.      Additional Units . Except as provided in Section 4.6 or Section 4.7, upon the acceptance of a Capital Contribution, the contributing Partner shall receive (i) if the Capital Contribution is in respect of the proceeds of the issuance of REIT Shares by the Initial General Partner, a number of Partnership Units equal to the Exchange Factor times the number of REIT Shares so issued, and (ii) if the Capital Contribution is from a Limited Partner (other than the Wholly Owned Limited Partner), then that number of Partnership Units that the General Partner has agreed to issue in exchange for such Capital Contribution.
Section 4.6      Unit Option Plan
The Partnership was expressly authorized hereby to adopt a Non-Qualified Unit Option Plan (the “ Unit Option Plan ”) pursuant to which options to acquire Class A Common Limited Partnership Units were granted to employees of the Partnership. The Unit Option Plan was merged into the Initial General Partner’s Stock Option Plan and the merged plan became the Amended and Restated

21
NY\5888591.8



Incentive Award Plan of the Initial General Partner. If options to acquire Units of Limited Partnership granted in connection with the Unit Option Plan become properly exercised:
(a)      the consideration paid upon exercise of such options shall, as soon as practicable after such exercise, be contributed to the capital of the Partnership; and
(b)      The number of Partnership Units issued in respect of exercise shall be issued to the exercising party; provided that if such party is not then a Limited Partner, that such party become an additional Limited Partner hereunder pursuant to Section 12.2 hereof.
Section 4.7      Preferred Contributions
A.      Preferred Offering
(1)      General . Upon the closing of any Preferred Offering, the Initial General Partner shall contribute the net proceeds from such Preferred Offering to the Wholly-Owned LP Trust and the Wholly-Owned LP Trust shall contribute the said net proceeds to the Partnership in exchange for that number of Preferred Units as equals the total number of Preferred Shares which were sold pursuant to the Preferred Offering. Such Preferred Units shall be of the same class and have such designation, rights and preferences that correspond to the Preferred Shares so offered as set forth in a designation form prepared by the Initial General Partner. The General Partner shall have the right to amend this Agreement, without the consent of any Limited Partner, as appropriate to reflect such designation, rights and preferences, including, without limitation, amending Article VI to reflect and take into account the economic rights of the Preferred Units.
(2)      Redemption of Preferred Units . If, at any time, Preferred Shares are redeemed (whether automatically or at the option of the Initial General Partner), the Partnership shall redeem an equal number of Preferred Units of the corresponding class upon the terms set forth in Section 5.1(C).
Section 4.8      Unit Split
A.      Unit Split as of the Transfer Date . On the Transfer Date, each Unit outstanding on the Transfer Date shall be split, such that each such Unit shall be converted into four (4) Units as set forth on Exhibit A hereto in order to achieve a 1:1 ratio between the aggregate outstanding Units and the REIT Shares.
B.      Additional Unit Splits . The General Partner may from time to time, in its sole discretion and without the consent of any other Partner, cause the Partnership to split, subdivide, reverse split, combine or reclassify any or all of the Units in order to maintain a 1:1 correspondence of the Units and the REIT Shares. In connection therewith, the General Partner shall update Exhibit A hereto to reflect the outstanding Units following any such action.
Article 5     
DISTRIBUTIONS
Section 5.1      Requirement, Characterization, and Priority of Distributions

22
NY\5888591.8



(A)      Requirement and Characterization of Distributions . The General Partner shall cause the Partnership to distribute quarterly all, or such portion as the General Partner may in its discretion determine, of the Available Cash generated by the Partnership during such quarter in the priority set forth in subparagraphs (B) and (C) of this Section 5.1. The General Partner shall take such reasonable efforts, as determined by it in its sole and absolute discretion and consistent with the Initial General Partner’s qualification as a REIT, (i) to cause the Partnership to distribute sufficient amounts to the Wholly-Owned Trusts, pro rata , which amounts shall be transferred to the Initial General Partner, to enable the Initial General Partner to pay shareholder dividends that will (a) satisfy the requirements for qualifying as a REIT under the Code and Regulations (“ REIT Requirements ”), and (b) avoid any federal income or excise tax liability of the Initial General Partner, and (ii) to distribute Available Cash to the Limited Partners so as to preclude any such distribution or portion thereof from being treated as part of a sale of property to the Partnership by a Limited Partner under Section 707 of the Code or the Regulations thereunder; provided that the General Partner and the Partnership shall not have liability to a Limited Partner under any circumstances as a result of any distribution to a Limited Partner being so treated.
(B)      Priority of Distributions . To the extent Available Cash is distributed pursuant to subsection (A) of this Section 5.1, such distributions shall be made each quarter in the following order of priority:
(1)      First, to the extent that the amount of cash distributed to the Holders of any class of Preferred Units for any prior quarter was less than the Preferred Distribution for each of the outstanding Preferred Units of such class for such quarter, and has not been subsequently distributed pursuant to this subsection (B)(1) or pursuant to subsection (C) (a “ Preferred Distribution Shortfall ”), Available Cash shall be distributed to the Holders of such class of Preferred Units in an amount necessary to satisfy such Preferred Distribution Shortfall for the current and all prior Partnership Years, and if there are multiple classes of Preferred Units that have a Preferred Distribution Shortfall, then Available Cash will be distributed to the Holders of such classes as provided for in the relative priority of such classes in their designations set forth under Section 4.7;
(2)      Second, Available Cash shall be distributed to the Holders of Preferred Units on the relevant Partnership Record Date in an amount equal to the Preferred Distribution for each outstanding Preferred Unit; and
(3)      The balance of the Available Cash to be distributed, if any, shall be distributed to the Holders of Partnership Units on the Partnership Record Date with respect to such quarter, pro rata in accordance with the respective number of Partnership Units so held on such Partnership Record Date.
(C)      Notwithstanding subparagraph (B) of this Section 5.1, in any quarter during which the Partnership redeems any outstanding Preferred Units, Available Cash shall first be distributed to the Wholly-Owned LP Trust in an amount equal to the sum of the Redemption Amounts for each such Preferred Unit redeemed. In addition, the Partnership Record Date for any class of Preferred Unit may be a date that is earlier or later than the Partnership Record Date for other Preferred Units in order to match the dividend payment date for the corresponding Preferred Shares.

23
NY\5888591.8



Section 5.2      Distributions in Kind
No right is given to any Partner to demand and receive property or cash. The General Partner may determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, to make a distribution in kind to the Partners of Partnership assets, and such assets shall be distributed in such a fashion as to ensure that the fair market value is distributed and allocated in accordance with Articles 5, 6 and 13.
Section 5.3      Amounts Withheld
All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any provisions of any state or local tax law and Section 10.5 hereof with respect to any allocation, payment or distribution to the General Partner, the Limited Partners or Assignees shall be treated as amounts distributed to the General Partner, Limited Partners or Assignees, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 5.1 for all purposes under this Agreement.
Section 5.4      Distributions Upon Liquidation
Notwithstanding the foregoing, proceeds from a Terminating Capital Transaction shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with Section 13.2.
Article 6     
ALLOCATIONS
Section 6.1      Timing and Amount of Allocations of Net Income and Net Loss
Net Income and Net Loss of the Partnership shall be determined and allocated with respect to each Partnership Year as of the end of each such Partnership Year and at such times as the Gross Asset Value of any Company property is adjusted pursuant to the definition thereof. Subject to the other provisions of this Article 6, an allocation to a Partner of a share of Net Income or Net Loss shall be treated as an allocation of the same share of each item of income, gain, loss or deduction that is taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss.
Section 6.2      Net Income
Except as otherwise provided in this Article 6, Net Income and Net Loss (and, to the extent determined appropriate by the General Partner, the items included in the computation thereof) shall be allocated to the Holders of Partnership Units and Preferred Units in such a manner that, as of the end of each period for which Net Income and Net Loss is allocated, to the maximum extent possible, the Adjusted Capital Account of each Holder shall be equal to the amount that would be distributed to such Holder if (i) all Partnership assets were sold for cash equal to their Gross Asset Values, (ii) all Partnership liabilities were satisfied in cash according to their respective terms (limited, in the case of each nonrecourse liability, to the Gross Asset Values of the assets securing such nonrecourse liability), (iii) any Holders’ obligations to make contributions to the Partnership upon a hypothetical sale and dissolution of the Partnership were satisfied in full, and (iv) the net proceeds thereof (after satisfaction of all such liabilities and obligations) were distributed in full pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.

24
NY\5888591.8



Section 6.3      Additional Allocation Provisions
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 6:
(A)      Regulatory Allocations .
(i)      Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Regulations Section 1.704-2(f), notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.2 of the Agreement, or any other provision of this Article 6, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership Year, each Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, as determined under Regulations Section 1.704-2(g). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be allocated shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-2(j)(2). This Section 6.3(A)(i) is intended to qualify as a “minimum gain chargeback” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) which shall be controlling in the event of a conflict between such Regulations and this Section 6.3(A)(i).
(ii)      Partner Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4), and notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.2 of the Agreement, or any other provision of this Article 6 (except Section 6.3(A)(i)), if there is a net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt during any Partnership Year, each Partner who has a share of the Partner Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5), shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each General Partner and Limited Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2). This Section 6.3(A)(ii) is intended to qualify as a “chargeback of partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i) which shall be controlling in the event of a conflict between such Regulations and this Section 6.3(A)(ii).
(iii)      Nonrecourse Deductions and Partner Nonrecourse Deductions . Any Nonrecourse Deductions for any Partnership Year shall be specially allocated to the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests. Any Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any Partnership Year shall be specially allocated to the Partner(s) who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable, in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i).
(iv)      Qualified Income Offset . If any Partner unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), items of Partnership income and gain shall be allocated, in accordance with Regulations

25
NY\5888591.8



Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d), to the Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by such Regulations, the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of the Partner as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.3(A)(iv) shall be made if and only to the extent that such Partner would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after all other allocations provided in this Article 6 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.3(A)(iv) were not in the Agreement. It is intended that this Paragraph 6.3(A)(iv) qualify and be construed as a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Regulations 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d), which shall be controlling in the event of a conflict between such Regulations and this Paragraph 6.3(A)(iv).
(v)      Gross Income Allocation . In the event any Partner has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any Partnership Year which is in excess of the sum of (1) the amount (if any) such Partner is obligated to restore to the Partnership, and (2) the amount such Partner is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), each such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.3(A)(v) shall be made if and only to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided in this Article 6 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.3(A)(v) and Section 6.3(A)(iv) were not in the Agreement.
(vi)      Limitation on Allocation of Net Loss . To the extent any allocation of Net Loss would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit as to any Partner, such allocation of Net Loss shall be reallocated among the other Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, subject to the limitations of this Paragraph 6.3(A)(vi).
(vii)      Section 754 Adjustment . To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required, pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) or Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as the result of a distribution to a Partner in complete liquidation of his interest in the Partnership, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in accordance with their interests in the Partnership in the event that Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) applies, or to the Partners to whom such distribution was made in the event that Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) applies.
(viii)      Curative Allocation . The allocations set forth in Sections 6.3.(A)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), and (vii) (the “ Regulatory Allocations ”) are intended to comply with certain regulatory requirements, including the requirements of Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.2, the Regulatory Allocations shall be taken into account in allocating other items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Partners so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of such allocations of other items and the Regulatory Allocations to each Partner shall be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each such Partner if the Regulatory Allocations had not occurred.

26
NY\5888591.8



(B)      For purposes of determining a Partner’s proportional share of the “excess nonrecourse liabilities” of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3), each Partner’s interest in Partnership profits shall be such Partner’s Percentage Interest.
Section 6.4      Tax Allocations
B.      In General . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.4, for income tax purposes each item of income, gain, loss and deduction (collectively, “ Tax Items ”) shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Section 6.2 and 6.3.
C.      Allocations Respecting Section 704(c) Revaluations . Notwithstanding Section 6.4(A), Tax Items with respect to Partnership property that is contributed to the Partnership by a Partner shall be shared among the Partners for income tax purposes pursuant to Regulations promulgated under Section 704(c) of the Code, so as to take into account the variation, if any, between the basis of the property to the Partnership and its initial Gross Asset Value. With respect to Partnership property that is initially contributed to the Partnership upon its formation, such variation between basis and initial Gross Asset Value shall be taken into account under the “traditional method” as described in Proposed Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(b) and Regulations Section 1.704-1(c)(2). With respect to properties subsequently contributed to the Partnership, the Partnership shall account for such variation under any method approved under Section 704(c) of the Code and the applicable regulations as chosen by the General Partner. In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to subparagraph (b) of the definition of Gross Asset Value (provided in Article 1 of the Agreement), subsequent allocations of Tax Items with respect to such asset shall take account of the variation, if any, between the adjusted basis of such asset and its Gross Asset Value in the same manner as under Section 704(c) of the Code and the applicable regulations.
Article 7     
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BUSINESS
Section 7.1      Management
A.      Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership are exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited Partner shall have any right to participate in or exercise control or management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership. Except as provided in Section 8.5 with respect to the Holders of Class B Common Limited Partnership Interests, the General Partner may not be removed by the Limited Partners with or without cause, except with the consent of the General Partner. In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or which are granted to the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to the other provisions hereof including Section 7.3, shall have full power and authority to do all things deemed necessary or desirable by it to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 3.2 hereof and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 3.1 hereof, including, without limitation:

27
NY\5888591.8



(1)      the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money (including, without limitation, making prepayments on loans and borrowing money to permit the Partnership to make distributions to its Partners in such amounts as will permit the Initial General Partner (so long as the Initial General Partner has determined to qualify as a REIT) to avoid the payment of any federal income tax (including, for this purpose, any excise tax pursuant to Section 4981 of the Code) and to make distributions to its shareholders sufficient to permit the Initial General Partner to maintain REIT status), the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness (including the securing of same by mortgage, deed of trust or other lien or encumbrance on the Partnership’s assets) and the incurring of any obligations it deems necessary for the conduct of the activities of the Partnership;
(2)      the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;
(3)      the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any assets of the Partnership or the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into another entity; provided that in the event of any sale, exchange, disposition or other transfer of any property of the Partnership, the Partnership shall no later than 15 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which such sale, exchange, disposition or other transfer becomes a taxable event to Partners, to the extent of the net cash proceeds of such sale, exchange, disposition or other transfer, effect a distribution of cash, less its then regular quarterly distribution, in an amount such that the pro rata share thereof received by each Partner shall equal or exceed the total liability of such Partner for federal, state and local income and franchise taxes resulting from such sale, exchange, disposition or other transfer and from such distribution and any such amount distributed to any such Partner shall be treated as an advance of any subsequent distributions made pursuant to Article V to such Partner, such that any amount to be distributed to such Partner pursuant to Article V shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of any such prior distributions made pursuant to this clause (3); provided , further , that any Partner may elect not to receive all or any part of such additional distribution and in such event, although such Partner’s Capital Account will not be reduced to the extent that no distribution is received by such Partner, the Partner’s Percentage Interest and the number of Partnership Units considered owned by such Partner shall not be adjusted, it being the intent that the sole effect of the election not to receive a distribution will be to increase the amount of cash or other property to be received by such Partner upon a dissolution of the Partnership;
(4)      the mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or hypothecation of any assets of the Partnership, and the use of the assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement and on any terms it sees fit, including, without limitation, the financing of the conduct or the operations of the General Partner, the Partnership the lending of funds to other Persons and the repayment of obligations of the Partnership and any other Person in which it has an equity investment;
(5)      the negotiation, execution, and performance of any contracts, leases, conveyances or other instruments that the General Partner considers useful or necessary to the

28
NY\5888591.8



conduct of the Partnership’s operations or the implementation of the General Partner’s powers under this Agreement;
(6)      the distribution of Partnership cash or other Partnership assets in accordance with this Agreement; the acceptance of Capital Contributions and the issuance of Partnership Units in accordance with this Agreement, admission of Partners and the other administration of the Partnership as provided for in this Agreement;
(7)      the selection and dismissal of employees of the Partnership or the General Partner (including, without limitation, employees having titles such as “president,” “vice president,” “secretary” and “treasurer”), and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors of the General Partner or the Partnership and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring and the granting to any of such employees of Partnership options to acquire Units under the Unit Option Plan;
(8)      the maintenance of such insurance for the benefit of the Partnership and the Partners as it deems necessary or appropriate;
(9)      the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property to, any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures or other relationships that it deems desirable (including, without limitation, the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to any Subsidiary and any other Person in which it has an equity investment from time to time); provided that as long as the Initial General Partner has determined to continue to qualify as a REIT, the General Partner may not engage in any such formation, acquisition or contribution that would cause the Initial General Partner to fail to qualify as a REIT;
(10)      the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including the conduct of litigation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation, and the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;
(11)      the undertaking of any action in connection with the Partnership’s direct or indirect investment in any Person (including, without limitation, the contribution or loan of funds by the Partnership to such Persons); and
(12)      subject to the other provisions in this Agreement, the determination of the fair market value of any Partnership property distributed in kind using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt; provided that such methods are otherwise consistent with requirements of this Agreement.
B.      Each of the Limited Partners agrees that the General Partner is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the above-mentioned agreements and transactions on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the partners, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement (except as provided in Section 7.3), the Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation. The execution, delivery or performance by the General Partner or the Partnership of any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach by the

29
NY\5888591.8



General Partner of any duty that the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or any other Persons under this Agreement or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity.
C.      At all times from and after the date hereof, the General Partner may cause the Partnership to obtain and maintain (i) casualty, liability and other insurance on the properties of the Partnership and (ii) liability insurance for the Indemnities hereunder.
D.      At all times from and after the date hereof, the General Partner may cause the Partnership to establish and maintain working capital reserves in such amounts as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems appropriate and reasonable from time to time.
E.      In exercising its authority under this Agreement, the General Partner may, but shall be under no obligation to, take into account the tax consequences to any Partner (including the General Partner) and to the Initial General Partner of any action taken by it. The General Partner and the Partnership shall not have liability to the Initial General Partner or to a Partner under any circumstances as a result of an income tax liability incurred by the Initial General Partner or such Limited Partner as a result of an action (or inaction) by the General Partner pursuant to its authority under this Agreement.
Section 7.2      Certificate of Limited Partnership
To the extent that such action is determined by the General Partner to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate and do all the things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of North Carolina and each other state, the District of Columbia or other jurisdiction, in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 8.5.A(4) hereof, the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner. The General Partner shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents as may be reasonable and necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners limited liability) in the State of North Carolina, any other state, or the District of Columbia or other jurisdiction, in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property.
Section 7.3      Restrictions on General Partner’s Authority
D.      The General Partner may not take any action in contravention of this Agreement, including, without limitation:
(1)      take any action that would make it impossible to carry on the ordinary business of the Partnership, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement;
(2)      possess Partnership property, or assign any rights in specific Partnership property, for other than a Partnership purpose except as otherwise provided in this Agreement;

30
NY\5888591.8



(3)      admit a Person as a Partner, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement;
(4)      perform any act that would subject a Limited Partner to liability as a general partner in any jurisdiction or any other liability except as provided herein or under the Act; or
(5)      enter into any contract, mortgage, loan or other agreement that prohibits or restricts, or has the effect of prohibiting, the ability of a Limited Partner to exercise its rights to an Exchange in full, except with the written consent of such Limited Partner.
E.      The General Partner shall not, without the prior Consent of the Class A Limited Partners, undertake, on behalf of the Partnership, any of the following actions or enter into any transaction which would have the effect of such transactions:
(2)      Except as provided in Section 7.3.C., amend, modify or terminate this Agreement other than to reflect the admission, substitution, termination or withdrawal of partners pursuant to Article 12 hereof or the issuance of Partnership Units or Preferred Units in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(3)      Make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or appoint or acquiesce in the appointment of a custodian, receiver or trustee for all or any part of the assets of the Partnership.
(4)      Institute any proceeding for Bankruptcy on behalf of the Partnership.
(5)      Approve or acquiesce to the transfer of the Partnership Interest of the General Partner to any Person other than the Partnership.
(6)      Admit into the Partnership any Additional or Substitute General Partners.
F.      Notwithstanding Section 7.3.B, the General Partner shall have the power, without any consent of any Limited Partners, to amend this Agreement as may be required to facilitate or implement any of the following purposes:
(1)      to add to the obligations of the General Partner or surrender any right or power granted to the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner for the benefit of the Limited Partners;
(2)      to reflect the admission, substitution, termination, or withdrawal of Partners or the issuance of Partnership Units or Preferred Units in accordance with this Agreement along with any amendments related thereto; or to enter into a merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Partnership that does not require Consent of the Holders of Class A Limited Partnership Units under Section 7.3.E; provided that any such amendment does not eliminate, restrict or modify the exchange rights of the Class A Limited Partners under Section 8.6 for REIT Shares without the

31
NY\5888591.8



Consent of the Class A Limited Partners, unless such merger, consolidation or reorganization satisfies the conditions set forth in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 7.3.E(2)(a);
(3)      to reflect a change that is of an inconsequential nature and does not adversely affect the Limited Partners in any material respect, or to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in this Agreement not inconsistent with law or with other provisions, or make other changes with respect to matters arising under this Agreement that will not be inconsistent with law or with the provisions of this Agreement;
(4)      to satisfy any requirements, conditions, or guidelines contained in any order, directive, opinion, ruling or regulation of a federal or state agency or contained in federal or state law;
(5)      to amend the provisions of this Agreement to protect the qualification of the Initial General Partner as a REIT because of a change in applicable law (or an authoritative interpretation thereof), a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or if the Initial General Partner has determined to cease qualifying as a REIT; and
(6)      to modify, as set forth in the definition of “Capital Account,” the manner in which Capital Accounts are computed.
The General Partner will provide notice to the Limited Partners when any action under this Section 7.3.C is taken.
G.      Notwithstanding Section 7.3.B and 7.3.C hereof, this Agreement shall not be amended, and no action may be taken by the General Partner, without the Consent of each Partner adversely affected if such amendment or action would (i) convert a Limited Partner’s interest in the Partnership into a general partner’s interest (except as the result of the General Partner acquiring such interest), (ii) modify the limited liability of a Limited Partner, (iii) alter rights of the Partner to receive distributions pursuant to Article 5 or Section 7.1.A(3), or the allocations specified in Article 6 (except as permitted pursuant to Section 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 and Section 7.3.C(2) or 7.3.C(3) hereof), (iv) alter or modify the rights to an Exchange or REIT Shares Amount as set forth in Section 8.6, and related definitions hereof or (v) amend this Section 7.3.D. Further, no amendment may alter the restrictions on the General Partner’s authority set forth elsewhere in this Section 7.3 without the Consent specified in such section.
H.      The General Partner shall not, without the prior Consent of the Holders of Class A Limited Partnership Units, so long as the Holders of the Class A Common Limited Partnership Units have at least 10% of the aggregate Percentage Interests of the Partnership, on behalf of the Partnership, take any of the following actions:
(1)      Dissolve the Partnership.
(2)      Agree to or consummate any merger, consolidation, reorganization or other business combination to which the Partnership is a party; other than a merger, consolidation, reorganization or other business combination (a) which involves a merger, consolidation,

32
NY\5888591.8



reorganization or other business combination of the Initial General Partner in which the Holders of Class A Limited Partnership Units either (i) receive consideration that is cash per Class A Limited Partnership Unit equal to the cash amount received by a holder of one REIT Share in such transaction times the Exchange Factor, or (ii) continue as Holders of Class A Limited Partnership Units and continue to have the exchange rights under Section 8.6 for REIT Shares, or (b) that is for the primary purpose of changing the state of formation of the Partnership and where this Agreement is amended only to reflect such different jurisdiction and any changes due to the law of such jurisdiction.
(3)      Sell, dispose, convey or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, in one or a series of transactions (other than a transaction where the Holders of Class A Limited Partnership Units receive consideration that is cash per Class A Limited Partnership Unit equal to the cash amount received by a holder of one REIT Share in such transaction times the Exchange Factor).
Section 7.4      Reimbursement of the General Partner
B.      Except as provided in this Section 7.4 and elsewhere in this Agreement (including the provisions of Articles 5 and 6 regarding distributions, payments and allocations to which it may be entitled), the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as general partner of the Partnership.
C.      Subject to Section 15.11, the General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine in its sole and absolute discretion, for all expenses it incurs relating to the ownership of interests in and operation of, or for the benefit of, the Partnership. The Limited Partners acknowledge that the General Partner’s sole business is the ownership of interests in and operation of the Partnership and that such expenses are incurred for the benefit of the Partnership; provided that, the General Partner shall not be reimbursed for expenses it incurs relating to the organization of the Partnership and the General Partner and the initial public offering of REIT Shares by the Initial General Partner or subsequent offerings of securities of the Initial General Partner. Such reimbursements shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7 hereof.
D.      It is the intent of the Partners that any amounts paid by the Partnership to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 7.4 be treated as a “guaranteed payment” within the meaning of Section 707(c) of the Code.
Section 7.5      Outside Activities of the General Partner and the Initial General Partner
C.      The General Partner shall not directly or indirectly enter into or conduct any business, other than in connection with the ownership, acquisition and disposition of Partnership Interests as a General Partner and the management of the business of the Partnership and such activities as are incidental to same. Without the Consent of the Class A Limited Partners, the General Partner shall not, directly or indirectly, participate in or otherwise acquire any interest in any real or personal property, except its General Partner Interest, and other than such short-term liquid investments, bank accounts or similar instruments as it deems necessary to carry out its

33
NY\5888591.8



responsibilities contemplated under this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation. Any Limited Partner Interests acquired by the General Partner, whether pursuant to exercise by a Limited Partner of its right to an Exchange or otherwise, shall be automatically converted into a General Partner Interest comprised of an identical number of Partnership Units.
D.      The Initial General Partner shall not directly or indirectly enter into or conduct any business, other than in connection with the ownership, acquisition and disposition of its interests in the Wholly-Owned Trusts, its operation as a public reporting company with a class (or classes) of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1943, as amended, its operation as a REIT and such activities as are incidental to the same. In the event the Initial General Partner exercises its rights under Article II of the Articles of Incorporation to purchase REIT Shares, then the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to purchase from the Wholly-Owned LP Trust a number of Partnership Units as determined based on the application of the Exchange Factor on the same terms that the Initial General Partner purchased such REIT Shares.
Section 7.6      Contracts with Affiliates
A.      The Partnership may lend or contribute to Persons in which it has an equity investment, and such Persons may borrow funds from the Partnership, on terms and conditions established in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner. The foregoing authority shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any Person.
B.      Except as provided in Section 7.5.A, the Partnership may transfer assets to joint ventures, other partnerships, corporations or other business entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject to such conditions consistent with this Agreement and applicable law.
C.      The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the approval of the Limited Partners, may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership employee benefit plans funded by the Partnership for the benefit of employees of the General Partner the Initial General Partner, the Partnership, Subsidiaries of the Partnership or any Affiliate of any of them in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership, the General Partner, the Initial General Partner or any of the Partnership’s Subsidiaries.
D.      The General Partner is expressly authorized to enter into, in the name and on behalf of the Partnership, a right of first opportunity arrangement and other conflict avoidance agreements with various Affiliates of the Partnership and the General Partner, on such terms as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, believes are advisable.
Section 7.7      Indemnification
A.      The Partnership shall indemnify an Indemnitee from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the Partnership as set forth in this Agreement in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is

34
NY\5888591.8



threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, unless it is established that: (i) the act or omission of the Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (ii) the Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order or settlement does not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct set forth in this Section 7.7.A. The termination of any proceeding by conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or any entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, creates a rebuttable presumption that the Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to that specified in this Section 7.7.A. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership.
B.      Reasonable expenses incurred by an Indemnitee who is a party to a proceeding may be paid or reimbursed by the Partnership in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding upon receipt by the Partnership of (i) a written affirmation by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Partnership as authorized in this Section 7.7.A has been met, and (ii) a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met.
C.      The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee or any other Person may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the Partners, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity.
D.      The Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance, on behalf of the Indemnities and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.
E.      For purposes of this Section 7.7, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participates or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute fines within the meaning of Section 7.7; and actions taken or omitted by the Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose which is not opposed to the best interests of the Partnership.
F.      In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

35
NY\5888591.8



G.      An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
H.      The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the Indemnities, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.
I.      It is the intent of the Partners that any amounts paid by the Partnership to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 7.7 be treated as a “guaranteed payment” within the meaning of Section 707(c) of the Code.
Section 7.8      Liability of the General Partner
A.      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not be liable or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Partnership, any Partners or any Assignees for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived as a result of errors in judgment or mistakes of fact or law of any act or omission if the General Partner acted in good faith.
B.      The Limited Partners expressly acknowledge that the General Partner is acting for the benefit of the Partnership, the Limited Partners and the Initial General Partner and its shareholders collectively, that the General Partner is under no obligation to give priority to the separate interests of the Limited Partners or the Initial General Partner or its shareholders (including, without limitation, the tax consequences to Limited Partners or Assignees or to the Initial General Partner or its shareholders) in deciding whether to cause the Partnership to take (or decline to take) any actions, except as expressly provided herein.
C.      Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth in Section 7.1.A hereof, the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents. The General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by it in good faith.
D.      Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the General Partner’s liability to the Partnership and the Limited Partners under this Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.
Section 7.9      Other Matters Concerning the General Partner
A.      The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

36
NY\5888591.8



B.      The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the opinion of such Persons as to matters which such General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.
C.      The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers and a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact. Each such attorney shall, to the extent provided by the General Partner in the power of attorney, have full power and authority to do and perform all and every act and duty which is permitted or required to be done by the General Partner hereunder.
D.      Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or the Act, any action of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or any decision of the General Partner to refrain from acting on behalf of the Partnership, undertaken in the good faith belief that such action or omission is necessary or advisable in order (i) to protect the ability of the Initial General Partner to continue to qualify as a REIT or (ii) to avoid the Initial General Partner incurring any taxes under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code, is expressly authorized under this Agreement and is deemed approved by all of the Limited Partners.
Section 7.10      Title to Partnership Assets
Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partners, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine, including Affiliates of the General Partner. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which legal title is held in the name of the General Partner or any nominee or Affiliate of the General Partner shall be held by the General Partner for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided , however , that the General Partner shall use its best efforts to cause beneficial and record title to such assets to be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Partnership assets is held.
Section 7.11      Reliance by Third Parties
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General Partner has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner as if it were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives any and all defenses or other remedies which may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner in connection

37
NY\5888591.8



with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the General Partner or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (i) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (ii) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership and (iii) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.
Article 8     
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
Section 8.1      Limitation of Liability
The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement or under the Act.
Section 8.2      Management of Business
No Limited Partner or Assignee (other than the General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any officer, director, employee, partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, in their capacity as such) shall take part in the operations, management or control (within the meaning of the Act) of the Partnership’s business transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. The transaction of any such business by the General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any officer, director, employee, partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, in their capacity as such, shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners or Assignees under this Agreement.
Section 8.3      Outside Activities of Limited Partners
Subject to any agreements entered into by a Limited Partner or its Affiliates with the General Partner, the Initial General Partner, the Partnership or a Subsidiary, any Limited Partner and any officer, director, employee, agent, trustee, Affiliate or shareholder of any Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner or Assignee. Subject to such agreements, none of the Limited Partners nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the partnership relationship established hereby in any business ventures of any other Person, other than the General Partner, and such Person shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement to offer any interest in any such business ventures to the Partnership, any Limited Partner or any

38
NY\5888591.8



such other Person, even if such opportunity is of a character which, if presented to the Partnership, any Limited Partner or such other Person, could be taken by such Person.
Section 8.4      Return of Capital
Except pursuant to the rights of Exchange set forth in Section 8.6, no Limited Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of his Capital Contribution, except to the extent of distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership as provided herein. No Limited Partner or Assignee shall have priority over any other Limited Partner or Assignee either as to the return of Capital Contributions, or as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, as to profits, losses, distributions or credits.
Section 8.5      Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership
E.      In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by the Act, and except as limited by Section 8.5.D hereof, each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a limited partner in the Partnership, upon written demand with a statement of the purpose of such demand and at the Partnership’s expense:
(4)      to obtain a copy of the most recent annual and quarterly reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by the Initial General Partner pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and each communication sent to the shareholders of the Initial General Partner;
(5)      to obtain a copy of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns for each Partnership Year;
(6)      to obtain a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner;
(7)      to obtain a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate and all amendments thereto, together with executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate and all amendments thereto have been executed; and
(8)      to obtain true and full information regarding the amount of cash and a description and statement of any other property or services contributed by each Partner and which each Partner has agreed to contribute in the future, and the date on which each became a Partner.
F.      The Partnership shall notify each Limited Partner in writing of any change made to the Exchange Factor within 10 Business Days of the date such change becomes effective.
G.      In addition to the foregoing rights, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Holders of the Class B Common Limited Partnership Units shall have the right at any time to remove the General Partner, with or without cause upon written notice. A substitute General Partner shall be named by the holders of a majority in interest of all of the Class A Common Limited Partnership Units. Upon such removal, the General Partner’s Partnership Units shall become Class B Common Limited Partnership Units.

39
NY\5888591.8



H.      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 8.5, the General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner determines in its sole and absolute discretion to be reasonable, any information that (i) the General Partner believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes is not in the best interests of the Partnership or (ii) the Partnership or the General Partner is required by law or by agreements with unaffiliated third parties to keep confidential.
Section 8.6      Exchange Rights
J.      Each Limited Partner shall have the right to require the Initial General Partner to acquire all or a portion of any Class A Common Limited Partnership Units held by such Limited Partner (such Class A Common Limited Partnership Units being hereafter “ Tendered Units ”) in exchange for REIT Shares (an “ Exchange ”). By execution of this Agreement, the Initial General Partner expressly agrees to reserve for future issue, and to issue in exchange for Tendered Units, a sufficient number of its authorized but unissued REIT Shares to acquire Tendered Units pursuant to the provisions of this Section 8.6. Such Exchange shall be exercised pursuant to a Notice of Exchange delivered to the Initial General Partner by the Limited Partner who is exercising the relevant right (the “ Tendering Partner ”). Such Limited Partner shall have no right, with respect to any Class A Common Limited Partnership Units so transferred, to receive any distributions paid after the Specified Exchange Date.
K.      The Tendering Partner effecting an Exchange shall have the right to receive, as of Specified Exchange Date, the REIT Shares Amount. The REIT Shares Amount shall be delivered as duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable REIT Shares, free of any pledge, lien, encumbrance or restriction, other than those provided in the Articles of Incorporation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and relevant state securities or blue sky laws. Notwithstanding any delay in such delivery (but subject to Section 8.6.C, the Tendering Partner shall be deemed the owner of such REIT Shares and rights for all purposes, including with limitation, rights to vote or consent, receive dividends, and exercise rights, as of the Specified Exchange Date.
L.      Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.6.A, 8.6.B or any other provision of this Agreement, a Limited Partner (i) shall not be entitled to effect an Exchange to the extent the ownership or right to acquire REIT Shares pursuant to such Exchange by such Partner on the Specified Exchange Date would cause such Partner or any other Person to violate the restrictions on ownership and transfer of shares set forth in the Articles of Incorporation and (ii) shall have no rights under this Agreement which would otherwise be prohibited under the Articles of Incorporation. To the extent any attempted Exchange would be in violation of this Section 8.6.C, it shall be void ab initio to such extent and such Limited Partner shall not require any rights or economic interest in REIT Shares otherwise issuable upon such Exchange.
M.      With respect to any Exchange pursuant to this Section 8.6:
(1)      Concurrently with any Exchange under this Section 8.6, the Initial General Partner shall transfer all Tendered Units to the Wholly-Owned Trusts and shall allocate the

40
NY\5888591.8



Tendered Units between the Wholly-Owned Trusts in such amounts as is necessary to maintain the Percentage Interest held by the General Partner at not less than one percent. In exchange for such Tendered Units, each Wholly-Owned Trust shall issue a number of its common shares to the Initial General Partner that is equal to the number of Tendered Units transferred pursuant to such Exchange from the Initial General Partner to such Wholly-Owned Trust. All Partnership Units acquired by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 8.6 shall automatically, and without further action required, be converted into and deemed to be General Partner interests comprised of the same number of Partnership Units. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all Partnership Units acquired by the Wholly-Owned LP Trust pursuant to this Section 8.6 shall automatically, and without further action required, be converted into and deemed to be Class B Common Limited Partnership Units.
(2)      The consummation of such Exchange shall be subject to the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period, if any, under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.
(3)      Each Tendering Partner shall continue to own all Partnership Units subject to any Exchange and be treated as a Limited Partner with respect to such Partnership Units for all purposes of this Agreement, until such Partnership Units are transferred to the Wholly-Owned Trusts and paid for on the Specified Exchange Date.
Article 9     
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
Section 9.1      Records and Accounting
The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business, including without limitation, all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information, lists and copies of documents required to be provided pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof. Any records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business may be kept on, or be in the form of, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided that the records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial and tax reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Section 9.2      Fiscal Year
The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be the calendar year.
Section 9.3      Reports
E.      As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 105 days after the close of each Partnership Year, or such earlier date as they are filed with Securities and Exchange Commission, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Limited Partner as of the close of the Partnership Year, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership, or of

41
NY\5888591.8



the Initial General Partner if such statements are prepared solely on a consolidated basis with the Initial General Partner, for such Partnership Year, presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, such statements to be audited by a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner.
F.      As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 105 days after the close of each calendar quarter (except the last calendar quarter of each year) the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Limited Partner as of the last day of the calendar quarter, a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership, or of the Initial General Partner, if such statements are prepared solely on a consolidated basis with the applicable law or regulation, or as the General Partner determines to be appropriate.
Article 10     
TAX MATTERS
Section 10.1      Preparation of Tax Returns
The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all returns of Partnership income, gains, deductions, losses and other items required of the Partnership for federal and state income tax purposes and shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish, within 180 days of the close of each taxable year, the tax information reasonably required by Limited Partners for federal and state income tax reporting purposes.
Section 10.2      Tax Elections
Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine whether to make any available election pursuant to the Code, including the election under Section 754 of the Code. The General Partner shall have the right to seek to revoke any such election (including without limitation, any election under Section 754 of the Code) upon the General Partner’s determination in its sole and absolute discretion that such revocation is the best interests of the Partners.
Section 10.3      Tax Matters Partner
I.      The General Partner shall be the “tax matters partner” of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes. Pursuant to Section 6223(c)(3) of the Code, upon receipt of notice from the IRS of the beginning of an administrative proceeding with respect to the Partnership, the tax matters partner shall furnish the IRS with the name, address and profit interest of each of the Limited Partners; provided , however , that such information is provided to the Partnership by the Limited Partners.
J.      The tax matters partner is authorized, but not required:
(1)      to enter into any settlement with the IRS with respect to any administrative or judicial proceedings for the adjustment of Partnership items required to be taken into account by a Partner for income tax purposes (such administrative proceedings being referred to as a “tax audit” and such judicial proceedings being referred to as “judicial review”), and in the

42
NY\5888591.8



settlement agreement the tax matters partner may expressly state that such agreement shall bind all Partners, except that such settlement agreement shall not bind any Partner (i) who (within the time prescribed pursuant to the Code and Regulations) files a statement with the IRS providing that the tax matters partner shall not have the authority to enter into a settlement agreement on behalf of such Partner or (ii) who is a “notice partner” (as defined in Section 6231 of the Code) or a member of a “notice group” (as defined in Section 6223(b)(2) of the Code);
(2)      in the event that a notice of a final administrative adjustment at the Partnership level of any item required to be taken into account by a Partner for tax purposes (a “final adjustment”) is mailed to the tax matters partner, to seek judicial review of such final adjustment, including the filing of a petition for readjustment with the Tax Court or the United States Claims Court, or the filing of a complaint for refund with the District Court of the United States for the district in which the Partnership’s principal place of business is located;
(3)      to intervene in any action brought by any other Partner for judicial review of a final adjustment;
(4)      to file a request for an administrative adjustment with the IRS at any time and, if any part of such request is not allowed by the IRS, to file an appropriate pleading (petition or complaint) for judicial review with respect to such request;
(5)      to enter into an agreement with the IRS to extend the period for assessing any tax which is attributable to any item required to be taken into account by a Partner for tax purposes, or an item affected by such item; and
(6)      to take any other action on behalf of the Partners of the Partnership in connection with any tax audit or judicial review proceeding to the extent permitted by applicable law or regulations.
The taking of any action and the incurring of any expense by the tax matters partner in connection with any such proceeding, except to the extent required by law, is a matter in the sole and absolute discretion of the tax matters partner and the provisions relating to indemnification of the General Partner set forth in Section 7.7 of this Agreement shall be fully applicable to the tax matters partner in its capacity as such.
K.      The tax matters partner shall receive no compensation for its services. All third party costs and expenses incurred by the tax matters partner in performing his duties as such (including legal and accounting fees) shall be borne by the Partnership. Nothing herein shall be construed to restrict the Partnership from engaging an accounting firm to assist the tax matters partner in discharging his duties hereunder, so long as the compensation paid by the Partnership for such services is reasonable.
Section 10.4      Organizational Expenses

43
NY\5888591.8



The Partnership shall elect to deduct expenses, if any, incurred by it in organizing the Partnership ratably over a 60-month period or such other period as provided in Section 709 of the Code.
Section 10.5      Withholding
Each Limited Partner hereby authorizes the Partnership to withhold from or pay on behalf of or with respect to such Limited Partner any amount of federal, state, local, or foreign taxes that the General Partner determines that the Partnership is required to withhold or pay with respect to any amount distributable or allocable to such Limited Partner pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any taxes required to be withheld or paid by the Partnership pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 or 1446 of the Code. Any amount paid on behalf of or with respect to a Limited Partner shall constitute a loan by the Partnership to such Limited Partner, which loan shall be repaid by such Limited Partner within 15 days after notice from the General Partner that such payment must be made unless (i) the Partnership withholds such payment from a distribution which would otherwise be made to the Limited Partner or (ii) the General Partner determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that such payment may be satisfied out of the available funds of the Partnership which would, but for such payment, be distributed to the Limited Partner. Any amounts withheld pursuant to the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) shall be treated as having been distributed to such Limited Partner.
Each Limited Partner hereby unconditionally and irrevocably grants to the Partnership a security interest in such Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest to secure such Limited Partner’s obligation to pay to the Partnership any amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Section 10.5. In the event that a Limited Partner fails to pay any amounts owed to the Partnership pursuant to this Section 10.5 when due, the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to make the payment to the Partnership on behalf of such defaulting Limited Partner, and in such event shall be deemed to have loaned such amount to such defaulting Limited Partner and shall succeed to all rights and remedies of the Partnership as against such defaulting Limited Partner (including, without limitation, the right to receive distributions). Any amounts payable by a Limited Partner hereunder shall bear interest at the base rate on corporate loans at large United States money center commercial banks, as published from time to time in the Wall Street Journal , plus four (4) percentage points (but not higher than the maximum lawful rate) from the date such amount is due (i.e., 15 days after demand) until such amount is paid in full. Each Limited Partner shall take such actions as the Partnership or the General Partner shall request in order to perfect or enforce the security interest created hereunder.
Article 11     
TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS
Section 11.1      Transfer
G.      The term “ transfer ,” when used in this Article 11 with respect to a Partnership Unit, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction by which the General Partner purports to assign its General Partner Interest to another Person or by which a Limited Partner purports to assign its Limited Partnership Interest to another Person, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, (outright or in

44
NY\5888591.8



trust), pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise. The term “ transfer ” when used in this Article 11 does not include an Exchange pursuant to Section 8.6. No part of the interest of a Limited Partner shall be subject to the claims of any creditor, any spouse for alimony or support, or to legal process, and may not be voluntarily or involuntarily alienated or encumbered except as may be specifically provided for in this Agreement.
H.      No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 11. Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article 11 shall be null and void.
Section 11.2      Transfer of General Partner’s Partnership Interest
The General Partner shall not withdraw from the Partnership and shall not transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Partnership (whether by sale, statutory merger or consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) without the consent of all of the Holders of Class A Common Limited Partnership Units, which may be withheld by each Holder of Class A Common Limited Partnership Units in its sole and absolute discretion, and only upon the admission of a successor General Partner pursuant to Section 12.1. Upon any transfer of a Partnership Interest in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.2, the transferee shall become a Substitute General Partner for all purposes herein, and shall be vested with the powers and rights of the transferor General Partner, and shall be liable for all obligations and responsible for all duties of the General Partner, once such transferee has executed such instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such admission and to confirm the agreement of such transferee to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement with respect to the Partnership Interest so acquired. It is a condition to any transfer otherwise permitted hereunder that the transferee assumes, by operation of law or express agreement, all of the obligations of the transferor General Partner under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Partnership interest, and no such transfer (other than pursuant to a statutory merger or consolidation wherein all obligations and liabilities of the transferor General Partner are assumed by a successor corporation by operation of law) shall relieve the transferor General Partner of its obligations under this Agreement without the Consent of the Class A Limited Partners, in their reasonable discretion. In the event the General Partner withdraws from the Partnership, in violation of this Agreement or otherwise, or otherwise dissolves or terminates, or upon the Bankruptcy of the General Partner, a Majority in Interest of the Class A Limited Partners may elect to continue the Partnership business by selecting a Substitute General Partner in accordance with the Act.
Section 11.3      Limited Partners’ Rights to Transfer
N.      Prior to June 4, 1994, no Limited Partner shall transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest to any transferee without the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be withheld in its sole and absolute discretion; provided , however , that any Limited Partner may, at any time, without the consent of the General Partner, (i) transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest to the General Partner, to the Wholly-Owned LP Trust, or to an Affiliate of Stanley K. Tanger or the Tanger Family Limited Partnership or to the Immediate Family of Stanley K. Tanger, subject to the provisions of Section 11.6, (ii) transfer its Partnership Interest pursuant to its right of Exchange as provided in Section 8.6 hereof, or (iii) pledge (a “ Pledge ”) all or any portion of its Partnership Interest to a lending institution, which is not an Affiliate of such Limited Partner,

45
NY\5888591.8



as collateral or security for a bona fide loan or other extension of credit, and transfer such pledged Partnership Interest to such lending institution in connection with the exercise of remedies under such loan or extension or credit. After June 4, 1994, subject to the provisions of Section 11.6, a Limited Partner or Assignee shall have the right to transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interests to any other Person upon the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:
(a)
General Partner Right of First Refusal . The transferring Partner shall give written notice of the proposed transfer to the General Partner, which notice shall state (i) the identity of the proposed transferee, and (ii) the amount and type of consideration proposed to be received for the transferred Partnership Units. The General Partner shall have ten (10) days upon which to give the transferring Partner notice of its election to acquire the Partnership Units on the proposed terms. If it so elects, it shall purchase the Partnership Units on such terms within ten (10) days after giving notice of such election. If it does not so elect, the transferring Partner may transfer such Partnership Units to a third party, on economic terms no more favorable to the transferee than the proposed terms, subject to the other conditions of this Section 11.3; and

(b)
Qualified Transferee . Any transfer of a Partnership Interest shall be made only to Qualified Transferees;
provided , however , a Limited Partner or Assignee may transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest as described clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of the first sentence of Section 11.3.A without complying with the conditions of subparagraphs (a) and (b).
It is a condition to any transfer otherwise permitted hereunder that the transferee assumes by operation of law or express agreement all of the obligations of the transferor Limited Partner under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Partnership Interest and no such transfer (other than pursuant to a statutory merger or consolidation wherein all obligations and liabilities of the transferor Partner are assumed by a successor corporation by operation of law) shall relieve the transferor Partner of its obligations under this Agreement without the approval of the General Partner, in its reasonable discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transferee of any transferred Partnership Interest shall be subject to any and all ownership limitations contained in the Articles of Incorporation. Any transferee, whether or not admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner, shall take subject to the obligations of the transferor hereunder. Unless admitted as a Substitute Limited Partner, no transferee, whether by a voluntary transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, shall have rights hereunder, other than the rights of an Assignee as provided in Section 11.5.
O.      If a Limited Partner is subject to Incapacity, the executor, administrator, trustee, committee, guardian, conservator, or receiver of such Limited Partner’s estate shall have all the rights of a Limited Partner, but not more rights than those enjoyed by other Limited Partners, for the purpose of settling or managing the estate, and such power as the Incapacitated Limited Partner possessed to transfer all or any part of his or its interest in the Partnership. The Incapacity of a Limited Partner, in and of itself, shall not dissolve or terminate the Partnership.

46
NY\5888591.8



P.      The General Partner may prohibit any transfer otherwise permitted under Section 11.3 by a Limited Partner of his Partnership Units if, in the opinion of legal counsel to the Partnership, such transfer would require the filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act by the Partnership or would otherwise violate any federal or state securities laws or regulations applicable to the Partnership or the Partnership Unit.
Q.      No transfer by a Limited Partner of his Partnership Units (including any Exchange) may be made to any Person if (i) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, it would result in the Partnership being treated as an association taxable as a corporation, or (ii) such transfer is effectuated through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code.
Section 11.4      Substituted Limited Partners
E.      No Limited Partner shall have the right to substitute a transferee as a Limited Partner in his place (including any transferee permitted by Section 11.3). The General Partner shall, however, have the right to consent to the admission of a transferee of the interest of a Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 11.4 as a Substituted Limited Partner, which consent may be given or withheld by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion. The General Partner’s failure or refusal to permit a transferee of any such interests to become a Substituted Limited Partner shall not give rise to any cause of action against the Partnership or any Partner.
F.      A transferee who has been admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner in accordance with this Article 11 shall have all the rights and powers and be subject to all the restrictions and liabilities of a Limited Partner under this Agreement.
G.      Upon the admission of a Substituted Limited Partner, the General Partner shall amend Exhibit A to reflect the name, address, number of Partnership Units, and Percentage Interest of such Substituted Limited Partner and to eliminate or adjust, if necessary, the name, address and interest of the predecessor of such Substituted Limited Partner.
Section 11.5      Assignees
If the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, does not consent to the admission of any permitted transferee under Section 11.3 as a Substituted Limited Partner, as described in Section 11.4, such transferee shall be considered an Assignee for purposes of this Agreement. An Assignee shall be entitled to all the rights of an assignee of a limited partnership interest under the Act, including the right to receive distributions from the Partnership and the share of Net Income, Net Losses, gain and loss attributable to the Partnership Units assigned to such transferee, the rights to transfer the Partnership Units provided in this Article 11, and the right of Exchange provided in Section 8.6, but shall not be deemed to be a holder of Partnership Units for any other purpose under this Agreement, and shall not be entitled to effect a Consent with respect to such Partnership Units on any matter presented to the Limited Partners for approval (such Consent remaining with the transferor Limited Partner). In the event any such transferee desires to make a further assignment of any such Partnership Units, such transferee shall be subject to all the provisions of this Article

47
NY\5888591.8



11 to the same extent and in the same manner as any Limited Partner desiring to make an assignment of Partnership Units.
Section 11.6      General Provisions
A.      No Limited Partner may withdraw from the Partnership other than as a result of a permitted transfer of all of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units in accordance with this Article 11 or pursuant to the exercise of its right of Exchange of all of its Partnership Units under Section 8.6.
B.      Any Limited Partner who shall transfer all of his Partnership Units in a transfer permitted pursuant to this Article 11 where such transferee was admitted as a Limited Partner or pursuant to the exercise of its right of Exchange of all of its Partnership Units under Section 8.6 shall cease to be a Limited Partner.
C.      Transfers pursuant to this Article 11 may only be made on the first day of a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, unless the General Partner otherwise agrees.
D.      If any Partnership Interest is transferred during any quarterly segment of the Partnership Year in compliance with the provisions of this Article 11 or transferred pursuant to Section 8.6, Net Income, Net Losses, each item thereof and all other items attributable to such interest for such Partnership Year shall be divided and allocated between the transferor Partner and the transferee Partner by taking into account their varying interests during the Partnership Year in accordance with Section 706 of the Code, as determined by the General Partner. All distributions of Available Cash with respect to which the Partnership Record Date is before the date of such transfer or redemption shall be made to the transferor Partner, and all distributions of Available Cash thereafter shall be made to the transferee Partner.
E.      In addition to any other restrictions on transfer herein contained, in no event may any transfer or assignment of a Partnership Interest by any Partner (including by way of an Exchange) be made (i) to any person or entity who lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own a Partnership Interest; (ii) in violation of applicable law; (iii) of any component portion of a Partnership Interest, such as the Capital Account, or rights to distributions, separate and apart from all other components of a Partnership Interest; (iv) in the event such transfer would cause the Initial General Partner to cease to comply with the REIT Requirements, if the Initial General Partner at such time has determined to continue meet the REIT Requirements; (v) if such transfer would cause a termination of the Partnership for federal or state income tax purposes (except as a result of the Exchange of all Partnership Units held by all Limited Partners); (vi) if such transfer would, in the opinion of counsel to the Partnership, cause the Partnership to cease to be classified as a partnership for Federal income tax purposes (except as a result of the Exchange of all Partnership Units held by all Limited Partners); (vii) if such transfer would cause the Partnership to become, with respect to any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, a “party-in-interest” (as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) or a “disqualified person” (as defined in Section 4975(c) of the Code); (viii) if such transfer would, in the opinion of counsel to the Partnership, cause any portion of the assets of the Partnership to constitute assets of any employee benefit plan pursuant to Department of Labor Regulations Section 2510.2-101; (ix) if such transfer requires the registration of such Partnership

48
NY\5888591.8



Interest pursuant to any applicable federal or state securities laws; (x) if such transfer causes the Partnership to become a “Publicly Traded Partnership,” as such term is defined in Sections 469(k)(2) or 7704(b) of the Code or if such transfer would cause the Partnership to have more than 100 Partners (including, as Partners, those persons indirectly owning an interest in the Partnership through an entity treated as a partnership, Disregarded Entity or an S corporation) (each such entity, a “ Flow-Through Entity ”, but only if substantially all of the value of such Person’s interest in the Flow-Through Entity is attributable to the Flow-Through Entity’s interest (direct or indirect) in the Partnership); or (xi) if such transfer subjects the Partnership to be regulated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 or the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, each as amended.
Article 12     
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
Section 12.1      Admission of Successor General Partner
A successor to all of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 11.2 hereof who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective upon such transfer. Any such transferee shall carry on the business of the Partnership without dissolution. In each case, the admission shall be subject to the successor General Partner executing and delivering to the Partnership an acceptance of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect the admission.
Section 12.2      Admission of Additional Limited Partners
R.      After the admission to the Partnership of the initial Limited Partners on the date hereof, a Person who makes a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in accordance with this Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as an Additional Limited Partner only upon furnishing to the General Partner (i) evidence of acceptance in form satisfactory to the General Partner of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the power of attorney granted in Section 2.4 hereof and (ii) such other documents or instruments as may be required in the discretion of the General Partner in order to effect such Person’s admission as an Additional Limited Partner.
S.      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 12.2, no Person shall be admitted as an Additional Limited Partner without the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion. The grant of an option to acquire Units under the Unit Option Plan, which grant is in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner, to any Person shall constitute the consent of the General Partner to such Person (but not any Assignee) to becoming a Limited Partner upon exercise of such option to acquire Units. The admission of any Person as an Additional Limited Partner shall become effective on the date upon which the name of such Person is recorded on the books and records of the Partnership, following the receipt of the Capital Contribution in respect of such Limited Partner and the consent of the General Partner to such admission.

49
NY\5888591.8



Section 12.3      Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership
For the admission to the Partnership of any Partner or the issuance of Partnership Units or Preferred Units as provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary and appropriate under the Act to amend the records of the Partnership and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practical an amendment of this Agreement (including an amendment of Exhibit A ) and, if required by law, shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate and may for this purpose exercise the power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 2.4 hereof.
Section 12.4      Limit on Number of Partners
No Person shall be admitted to the Partnership as an Additional Partner if the effect of such admission would be to cause the Partnership to have more than 100 Partners, including as Partners for this purpose those Persons indirectly owning an interest in the Partnership through a Flow-Through Entity if substantially all of the value of such Person’s interest in the Flow-Through Entity is attributable to the Flow-Through Entity’s interest (direct or indirect) in the Partnership.
Article 13     
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
Section 13.1      Dissolution
The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of Substituted Limited Partners or Additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the withdrawal of the General Partner, any successor General Partner shall continue the business of the Partnership. The Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the first to occur of any of the following (“ Liquidating Events ”):
T.      the expiration of its term as provided in Section 2.5 hereof;
U.      an event of withdrawal of the General Partner, as defined in the Act, unless, within 90 days after the withdrawal, all of the Holders of the Class A Common Limited Partnership Units, and at least a majority in interest of all the remaining Partners, agree in writing, in their sole and absolute discretion, to continue the business of the Partnership and to the appointment, effective as of the date of withdrawal, of a substitute General Partner;
V.      an election to dissolve the Partnership made by the General Partner, approved by the Consent of the Holders of the Class A Common Limited Partnership Units;
W.      entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act;
X.      the sale of all or substantially all of the assets and properties of the Partnership;
Y.      a Bankruptcy of the General Partner, unless all of the remaining Partners agree in writing to continue the business of the Partnership and to the appointment, effective as of a date prior to the date of such Bankruptcy, of a substitute General Partner; or

50
NY\5888591.8



Z.      the Exchange by all Partners (other than the General Partner) of all Class A Common Limited Partnership Units into REIT Shares.
Section 13.2      Winding Up
H.      Upon the occurrence of a Liquidating Event, the Partnership shall continue solely for the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its creditors and Partners. No Partner shall take any action that is inconsistent with, or not necessary to or appropriate for, the winding up of the Partnership’s business and affairs. The General Partner (or, in the event there is no remaining General Partner, any Person elected by a Majority in Interest of the Class A Limited Partners (the “Liquidator”)) shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Partnership and shall take full account of the Partnership’s liabilities and property and the Partnership property shall be liquidated as promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair value thereof, and the proceeds therefrom (which may, to the extent determined by the General Partner, include shares of stock in the General Partner) shall be applied and distributed in the following order:
(7)      First, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to creditors other than the Partners;
(8)      Second, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to the General Partner;
(9)      Third, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to the other Partners; and
(10)      The balance, if any, to the Holders in accordance with Section 5.1.B.
The General Partner shall not receive any additional compensation for any services performed pursuant to this Article 13 other than reimbursement of its expenses as provided in Section 7.4.
I.      Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.2.A hereof which require liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, if prior to or upon dissolution of the Partnership the Liquidator determines that an immediate sale of part or all of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners, the Liquidator may, in its sole and absolute discretion, defer for a reasonable time the liquidation of any assets except those necessary to satisfy liabilities of the Partnership (including to those Partners as creditors) and/or distribute to the Partners, in lieu of cash, as tenants in common and in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.2.A hereof, undivided interests in such Partnership assets as the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation. Any such distributions in kind shall be made only if, in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator, such distributions in kind are in the best interest of the Partners, and shall be subject to such conditions relating to the disposition and management of such properties as the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable and to any agreements governing the operation of such properties at such time. The Liquidator shall determine the fair market value of any property distributed in kind using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.

51
NY\5888591.8



Section 13.3      Compliance with Timing Requirements of Regulations
In the event the Partnership is “liquidated” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g), distributions shall be made pursuant to this Article 13 to the General Partner and Limited Partners who have positive Capital Accounts in compliance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2). If any Partner has a deficit balance in his Capital Account (after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for the taxable years, including the year during which such liquidation occurs), such Partner shall have no obligation to make any contribution to the capital of the Partnership with respect to such deficit, and such deficit shall not be considered a debt owed to the Partnership or to any other Person for any purpose whatsoever. In the discretion of the General Partner, a pro rata portion of the distributions that would otherwise be made to the General Partner and Limited Partners pursuant to this Article 13 may be:
(A)      distributed to a trust established for the benefit of the General Partner and Limited Partners for the purposes of liquidating Partnership assets, collecting amounts owed to the Partnership, and paying any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Partnership or of the General Partner arising out of or in connection with the Partnership. The assets of any such trust shall be distributed to the General Partner and Limited Partners from time to time, in the reasonable discretion of the General Partner, in the same proportions and the amount distributed to such trust by the Partnership would otherwise have been distributed to the General Partner and Limited Partners pursuant to this Agreement; or
(B)      withheld to provide a reasonable reserve for partnership liabilities (contingent or otherwise) and to reflect the unrealized portion of any installment obligations owed to the Partnership; provided that such withheld amounts shall be distributed to the General Partner and Limited Partners as soon as practicable.
Section 13.4      Deemed Distribution and Recontribution
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 13, in the event the Partnership is liquidated within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) but no Liquidating Event has occurred, the Partnership’s property shall not be liquidated, the Partnership’s liabilities shall not be paid or discharged, and the Partnership’s affairs shall not be wound up. Instead, the Partnership shall be deemed to have distributed the Property in kind to the General Partner and Limited Partners, who shall be deemed to have assumed and taken such property subject to all Partnership liabilities, all in accordance with their respective Capital Accounts. Immediately thereafter, the General Partner and Limited Partners shall be deemed to have recontributed the Partnership property in kind to the Partnership, which shall be deemed to have assumed and taken such property subject to all such liabilities.
Section 13.5      Rights of Limited Partners
Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Limited Partner shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for the return of his Capital Contribution and shall have no right or power to demand or receive property from the General Partner. No Limited Partner shall have

52
NY\5888591.8



priority over any other Limited Partner as to the return of his Capital Contributions, distributions or allocations.
Section 13.6      Notice of Dissolution
In the event a Liquidating Event occurs or an event occurs that would, but for provisions of Section 13.1, result in a dissolution of the Partnership, the General Partner shall, within 30 days thereafter, provide written notice thereof to each of the Partners and to all other parties with whom the Partnership regularly conducts business (as determined in the discretion of the General Partner) and shall publish notice thereof in a newspaper of general circulation in each place in which the Partnership regularly conduct business (as determined in the discretion of the General Partner).
Section 13.7      Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership
Upon the completion of the liquidation of the Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 13.2 hereof, the Partnership shall be terminated and the Certificate and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of North Carolina shall be cancelled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.
Section 13.8      Reasonable Time for Winding-Up
A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding-up of the business and affairs of the Partnership and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 13.2 hereof, in order to minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding-up, and the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in effect between the Partners during the period of liquidation.
Section 13.9      Waiver of Partition
Each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.
Article 14     
PROCEDURES FOR AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; CONSENTS
Section 14.1      Amendments
J.      The actions requiring consent or approval of Limited Partners pursuant to this Agreement, including Section 7.3, or otherwise pursuant to applicable law, are subject to the procedures in this Article 14.
K.      Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed by the General Partner or by any Limited Partner. Following such proposal, the General Partner shall submit any proposed amendment to the Limited Partners. The General Partner shall seek the written consent of the Partners (to the extent required by this Agreement) on the proposed amendment or shall call a meeting to vote thereon and to transact any other business that it may deem appropriate. For purposes of obtaining a written consent, the General Partner may require a response within a reasonable specified time, but not less than 15 days, and failure to respond in such time period shall constitute

53
NY\5888591.8



a consent which is consistent with the General Partner’s recommendation (if so recommended) with respect to the proposal; provided that, an action shall become effective at such time as requisite consents are received even if prior to such specified time.
Section 14.2      Action by the Partners
E.      Meetings of the Partners may be called by the General Partner and shall be called upon the receipt by the General Partner of a written request by Limited Partners holding a Percentage Interest of 25 percent or more. The call shall state the nature of the business to be transacted. Notice of any such meeting shall be given to all Partners not less than seven days nor more than 30 days prior to the date of such meeting. Partners may vote in person or by proxy at such meeting. Whenever the vote or Consent of Partners is permitted or required under this Agreement, such vote or Consent may be given at a meeting of Partners or may be given in accordance with the procedure prescribed in Section 14.1 hereof and shall require the percentage vote or Consent required by this Agreement.
F.      Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Partners may be taken without a meeting if a written consent setting forth the action so taken is signed by the percentage as is expressly required by this Agreement for the action in question. Such consent may be in one instrument or in several instruments, and shall have the same force and effect as a vote of the Percentage Interests of the Partners (expressly required by this Agreement). Such consent shall be filed with the General Partner. An action so taken shall be deemed to have been taken at a meeting held on the effective date so certified.
G.      Each Limited Partner may authorize any Person or Persons to act for him by proxy on all matters in which a Limited Partner is entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting. Every proxy must be signed by the Limited Partner or his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the Limited Partner executing it.
H.      Each meeting of Partners shall be conducted by the General Partner or such other Person as the General Partner may appoint pursuant to such rules for the conduct of the meeting as the General Partner or such other Person deems appropriate.
Article 15     
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 15.1      Addresses and Notice
Any notice, demand, request or report required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner or Assignee under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to the Partner or Assignee at the address set forth in Exhibit A or such other address as the Partners shall notify the General Partner in writing.
Section 15.2      Titles and Captions

54
NY\5888591.8



All article or section titles or captions in this Agreement are for convenience only. They shall not be deemed part of this Agreement and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope or intent of any provisions hereof. Except as specifically provided otherwise, references to “Articles” and “Sections” are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.
Section 15.3      Pronouns and Plurals
Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.
Section 15.4      Further Action
The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.
Section 15.5      Binding Effect
This Agreement shall be binding upon an inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.
Section 15.6      Creditors
None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.
Section 15.7      Waiver
No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon any breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.
Section 15.8      Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto.
Section 15.9      Applicable Law
This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.
Section 15.10      Invalidity of Provisions

55
NY\5888591.8



If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.
Section 15.11      Limitation to Preserve REIT Status
To the extent that the amount paid or credited to the General Partner or its officers, directors, employees or agents pursuant to Section 7.4 or Section 7.7 would constitute gross income to the Initial General Partner for purposes of Sections 856(c)(2) or 856(c)(3) of the Code (a “ GP Payment ”) then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the amount of such GP Payments for any Partnership Year shall not exceed the lesser of:
(i)      an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) 4.17% of the Initial General Partner’s total gross income (but not including the amount of any GP Payments) for the Partnership Year which is described in subsections (A) through (H) of Section 856(c)(2) of the Code over (b) the amount of gross income (within the meaning of Section 856(c)(2) of the Code) derived by the Initial General Partner from sources other than those described in subsections (A) through (H) of Section 856(c)(2) of the Code (but not including the amount of any GP Payments); or
(ii)      an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) 25% of the Initial General Partner’s total gross income (but not including the amount of any GP Payments) for the Partnership Year which is described in subsections (A) through (I) of Section 856(c)(3) of the Code over (b) the amount of gross income (within the meaning of Section 856(c)(3) of the Code) derived by the Initial General Partner from sources other than those described in subsections (A) through (I) of Section 856(c)(3) of the Code (but not including the amount of any GP Payments);
provided , however , that GP Payments in excess of the amounts set forth in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) above may be made if the General Partner, as a condition precedent, obtains an opinion of tax counsel that the receipt of such excess amounts would not adversely affect the Initial General Partner’s ability to qualify as a REIT. To the extent GP Payments may not be made in a year due to the foregoing limitations, such GP Payments shall carry over and be treated as arising in the following year.
[ Signature pages follow ]



56
NY\5888591.8



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Tanger Properties Limited Partnership to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
 
GENERAL PARTNER:  
 
TANGER GP TRUST
 


By:   /s/ Steven B. Tanger  
Name: Steven B. Tanger
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer


[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Tanger Properties Limited Partnership]



EXHIBIT B
NOTICE OF EXCHANGE
The undersigned hereby irrevocably (i) exchanges _____________ Limited Partnership Units in Tanger Properties Limited Partnership in accordance with the terms of the Limited Partnership Agreement of Tanger Properties Limited Partnership and the rights of Exchange referred to therein, (ii) surrenders such Limited Partnership Units and all right, title and interest therein, and (iii) directs that the ___________ REIT Shares deliverable upon Exchange be delivered to the address specified below, and such REIT Shares be registered or placed in the name and at the address specified below.

Dated: __________________        

_________________________________________
Name:        
                    Address:    
                            
Issue REIT Shares to:

____________________________
(Name)
____________________________
(Social Security or other identifying number)

Deliver to:

Broker Name and DTC #:__________________________________
Account Number #:_______________________________________
For the benefit of:________________________________________
Trustee Name:__________________________________________
Broker Contact Name & Phone #: __________________________ ____________________

--------------------------------------------------------

COUNTY OF ___________________

STATE OF _____________________

I certify that the following persons(s) personally appeared before me this ______ day of
__________________, 20___, each acknowledging to me that he or she voluntarily signed the foregoing document for the purpose stated therein and in the capacity indicated, ________________________________.
(Name of Principal)
                
                                            ___________________________________________

B-1
NY\5888591.8



Name of Notary Public
(Official Seal)            My Commission Expires: ______________


A-2




EXHIBIT C
Gross Asset Values
Prior to August 30, 2013:
Determined in accordance with the relative fair market values of such property as determined by Coopers & Lybrand, within 45 days after the date of contribution. The determination by Coopers & Lybrand will be conclusive.
As of August 30, 2013:
Determined in accordance with the Contribution Agreement dated August 30, 2013 between the Partnership and such Partner.


C-1
NY\5888591.8



REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of August 30, 2013, is entered into by and among Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc., a North Carolina corporation that qualifies as a REIT (the “ Company ”), Tanger Properties Limited Partnership, a North Carolina limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”) and the Holders. Capitalized Terms used herein have the meaning set forth in Article I .
RECITALS
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 8.6 of the Partnership Agreement, the Class A Common Limited Partnership Units will be exchangeable, at the election of the Holders, for the REIT Shares Amount of REIT Shares, upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained therein; and
WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to grant to the Holders and their permitted assignees and transferees the registration rights set forth in Article II hereof.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein contained, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1.1.    
Definitions . The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement:
Agreement ” means this Registration Rights Agreement, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are authorized by law to close.
Class A Common Limited Partnership Units ” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.
Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
Company ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.


NY\5900697.1


DPSW ” means DPSW Deer Park LLC.
Effectiveness Period ” means an Effectiveness Period as defined in Section 2.1(b) .
End of Suspension Notice ” means an End of Suspension Notice as defined in Section 2.2 .
Exchange ” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
FINRA ” means Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
Holders ” means the Persons listed on Schedule I hereto and any Permitted Transferee acquiring Class A Common Limited Partnership Units or Registrable Securities from any such Persons (each, a “ Holder ”).
Indemnified Party ” means an Indemnified Party as defined in Section 2.7 .
Indemnifying Party ” means an Indemnifying Party as defined in Section 2.7 .
Issuer Shelf Registration Statement ” means an Issuer Shelf Registration Statement as defined in Section 2.1(b) .
Notice and Questionnaire ” means a written notice, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A , delivered by a Holder to the Company (i) notifying the Company of such Holder’s desire to include Registrable Securities held by it in a Shelf Registration Statement, (ii) containing all information about such Holder required to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with applicable law, including Item 507 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act, as amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule thereto, and (iii) pursuant to such Holder agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.
Notice Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(ii).
Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.
Partnership Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Partnership, dated as of August 30, 2013, as the same may be amended, modified or restated from time to time.
Permitted Transferees ” means Richard Mack, Stephen Mack, William L. Mack, William Mack Grantor Retained Annuity Trusts 1C, John Arrillaga, William Benjamin, John Jacobsson, Stuart Koenig, Robin Koenig, Henry Haunns, Apollo Real Estate Advisors, Beech Hill Lane LLC,

2
NY\5900697.1


Mack Properties, WRS Advisors III, LLC, and if such specified Permitted Transferee is an individual, (i) any parent, grandparent, child, or grandchild, or the spouse or ex-spouse of such individual and (ii) any trust established for the benefit of an organization contributions to which are deductible for federal income, estate or gift tax purposes, for the benefit of such individual, or for the benefit of any other individual described in this definition.
Person ” means an individual or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust, or any other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.
Registrable Securities ” means REIT Shares at any time owned, either of record or beneficially, by any Holder and issued or issuable upon exchange of Class A Common Limited Partnership Units received by such Holder and any additional REIT Shares issued as a dividend, distribution or exchange for, or in respect of such shares until (i) a registration statement covering such shares has been declared effective by the Commission and such shares have been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement, (ii) such shares have been publicly sold under Rule 144, (iii) the date on which such shares may be resold without restriction pursuant to Rule 144 or any successor provision thereto, without regard to volume limitations or manner of sale, whether or not any such sale has occurred, (iv) such shares held by DPSW have been sold, transferred or disposed of, other than to a Permitted Transferee or (v) such shares have been otherwise transferred in a transaction that constitutes a sale thereof under the Securities Act, the Company has delivered to the Holder’s transferee a new certificate or other evidence of ownership for such shares not bearing the Securities Act restricted stock legend and such shares may be resold or otherwise transferred by such transferee without subsequent registration under the Securities Act.
Registration Expenses ” means Registration Expenses as defined in Section 2.4 .
REIT Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.
REIT Shares Amount ” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.
Restricted Shares ” means REIT Shares issued under an Issuer Shelf Registration Statement which if sold by the holder thereof would constitute “restricted securities” as defined under Rule 144.
Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule thereto that may be promulgated by the Commission.
Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

3
NY\5900697.1


Selling Holder ” means a Holder who is selling Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act pursuant to the terms hereof.
Shelf Registration Statement ” means a Shelf Registration Statement as defined in Section 2.1 .
Suspension Event ” means a Suspension Event as defined in Section 2.2 .
Suspension Notice ” means a Suspension Notice as defined in Section 2.2 .
Value ” has the meaning set forth in the Partnership Agreement.
ARTICLE II     
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
SECTION 2.1.
Shelf Registration .
(a)      Preparation and Filing of Shelf Registration Statement .
(i)     The Company shall prepare and file with the Commission, as soon as practicable but in any event by the date that is sixty (60) days after the date on which Holders holding Class A Common Limited Partnership Units representing at least a majority of the Class A Common Limited Partnership Units issued to the Holders on the date hereof deliver to the Company a properly completed Notice and Questionnaire (the “Notice Date”) a “shelf” registration statement, or a prospectus supplement to a prospectus contained in an existing “shelf” registration statement, with respect to the resale of all of the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof on an appropriate form for the offering and subsequent resale thereof, to be made on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”) and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter, but in any event within 120 days after the Notice Date, and to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending when all REIT Shares covered by the Shelf Registration Statement are no longer Registrable Securities. The Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for the registration of such Registrable Securities for resale by each such Notice Holder in accordance with any reasonable method of distribution elected by such Notice Holders, provided that in no event may such resales take the form of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities without the prior agreement of the Company

4
NY\5900697.1


(ii)    At the time the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, each Holder that has delivered a duly completed and executed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company on or prior to the date seven (7) Business Days prior to such time of effectiveness (each a “ Notice Holder ”) shall be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus in such a manner as to permit such Holder to deliver such prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities in accordance with applicable law. If required by applicable law, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, after effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall file a supplement to such prospectus or amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement not less frequently than once a quarter as necessary to name as selling securityholders therein any Holders that provide to the Company a duly completed and executed Notice and Questionnaire and shall use reasonable efforts to cause any post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement filed for such purpose to be declared effective by the Commission as promptly as reasonably practicable after the filing thereof.
(b)      The Company may, at its option, satisfy its obligation to prepare and file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.1(a) with respect to REIT Shares issuable upon an Exchange by preparing and filing with the Commission at any time prior to or after an Exchange a registration statement on an appropriate form for an offering to be made on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 (an “ Issuer Shelf Registration Statement ”) providing for (i) the issuance by the Company, from time to time, to the Holders of such Class A Common Limited Partnership Units, of REIT Shares registered under the Securities Act, and (ii) to the extent those REIT Shares issued pursuant to this Section 2.1(b)(i) constitute Restricted Shares, the registered resale thereof by their Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by the Holders and set forth therein (but not an underwritten offering). The Company shall use its reasonable efforts to cause the Issuer Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as promptly as reasonably practicable after filing thereof and, subject to Sections 2.1(c) and 2.2 , to keep the Issuer Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period (the “ Effectiveness Period ”) expiring on the date all of the REIT Shares covered by such Issuer Shelf Registration Statement have been issued by the Company pursuant thereto or are no longer Registrable Securities. If the Company shall exercise its rights under this Section 2.1(b) and cause such Issuer Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission, Holders (other than Holders of Restricted Shares) shall have no right to have REIT Shares issued or issuable upon exchange of Class A Common Limited Partnership Units included in a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.1(a) .
(c)      Filing of Additional Registration Statements . The Company shall prepare and file such additional registration statements as necessary every three (3) years and use its reasonable efforts to cause such registration statements to be declared effective by the Commission so that the registration statement remains continuously effective with respect to resales of Registrable

5
NY\5900697.1


Securities as of and for the periods required under Section 2.1(a) or (b) , as applicable, such subsequent registration statements to constitute a Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, hereunder.
(d)      Selling Holders Become Party to Agreement . Each Holder acknowledges that by participating in its registration rights pursuant to this Agreement, such Holder will be deemed a party to this Agreement and will be bound by its terms, notwithstanding such Holder’s failure to deliver a Notice and Questionnaire; provided , that any Holder that has not delivered a duly completed and executed Notice and Questionnaire shall not be entitled to be named as a Selling Holder in, or have the Registrable Securities held by it covered by, a Shelf Registration Statement.
SECTION 2.2.
Black-Out Periods .
(a)      Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 2.1(a) and 2.1(b) , the Company shall be permitted to postpone the filing of any Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1 , and from time to time to require the Holders not to sell Registrable Securities under any such Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement or to suspend the effectiveness thereof, for such times as the Company reasonably may determine is necessary and advisable, if any of the following events shall occur (each such circumstance a “ Suspension Event ”): (i) the Company determines in good faith that (A) the offer or sale of any Registrable Securities would materially impede, delay or interfere with any proposed financing, offer or sale of securities, acquisition, corporate reorganization or other material transaction involving the Company, (B) the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement would require disclosure of non-public material information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, or (C)(x) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of a material transaction, (y) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to consummate such a material transaction, or (z) such a material transaction renders the Company unable to comply with Commission requirements, in each case, under circumstances that would make it impractical or inadvisable, to cause the Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement (or such filings) to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement on a post-effective basis, as applicable; or (ii) the Company determines in good faith that it is in the Company’s best interest or it is required by law, rule or regulation to supplement the Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement or file a post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement in order to ensure that the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement (1) contains the information required by the form on which such Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement was filed, or (2) discloses any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or

6
NY\5900697.1


other registration statement (or of the most recent post-effective amendment) that, individually or in the aggregate, represents a fundamental change in the information set forth therein. Upon the occurrence of any such suspension, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement to become effective or to amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement on a post-effective basis or to take such action as is necessary to permit resumed use of the Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement or filing thereof as soon as reasonably possible following the conclusion of the applicable Suspension Event and its effect.
The Company will provide written notice (a “ Suspension Notice ”) to the Holders of the occurrence of any Suspension Event; provided , however , that the Company shall not be permitted to exercise a suspension pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) (i) more than twice during any twelve (12)-month period, or (ii) for a period exceeding ninety (90) days on any one occasion. Upon receipt of a Suspension Notice, each Holder agrees that it will (x) immediately discontinue offers and sales of the Registrable Securities under the Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement, and (y) maintain the confidentiality of any information included in the Suspension Notice unless otherwise required by law or subpoena. The Holders may recommence effecting offers and sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement (or such filings) following further written notice to such effect (an “ End of Suspension Notice ”) from the Company, which End of Suspension Notice shall be given by the Company to the Holders promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event and its effect; provided , that the Holders agree that they will only effect such offers and sales pursuant to any supplemental or amended prospectus that has been provided to them by the Company pursuant to Section 2.2(b) .
(b)      Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if the Company shall give a Suspension Notice with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement pursuant to Section 2.2(a) , the Company agrees that it shall extend the period of time during which such Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement shall be maintained effective by the number of days during the period from the date of receipt by the Holders of the Suspension Notice to and including the date of receipt by the Holders of the End of Suspension Notice and promptly provide copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus necessary to resume offers and sales, with respect to each Suspension Event; provided , that such period of time shall not be extended beyond the date that the REIT Shares covered by such Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement are no longer Registrable Securities.
SECTION 2.3.
Registration Procedures; Filings; Information . Subject to Section 2.2 hereof, in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement under Section 2.1 , the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration and the sale

7
NY\5900697.1


of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof as quickly as practicable, and in connection with any such request:
(a)      The Company will as soon as commercially reasonable prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such filed registration statement to become and remain effective for the period described in Section 2.1 .
(b)      The Company will, if requested, prior to filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish to WRS Advisors III, LLC copies of such registration statement as proposed to be filed, and thereafter furnish to WRS Advisors III, LLC such number of conformed copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and such other documents as counsel for the Company deems reasonable in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities.
(c)      After the filing of the registration statement, the Company will as soon as commercially reasonable notify DPSW of any stop order issued or threatened by the Commission and take all reasonable actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered.
(d)      The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions in the United States (where an exemption does not apply) as any Selling Holder reasonably (in light of such Selling Holder’s intended plan of distribution) requests, and (ii) cause such Registrable Securities to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Selling Holder to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Holder; provided that the Company will not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this clause (d) , (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction.
(e)      The Company will as soon as commercially reasonable notify each Selling Holder of such Registrable Securities, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of (i) the Company’s receipt of any notification of the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement for sale

8
NY\5900697.1


in any jurisdiction, or (ii) the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and promptly make available to each Selling Holder any such supplement or amendment.
(f)      The Company will enter into customary agreements and use commercially reasonable efforts to take such other actions as are reasonably required in the opinion of counsel for the Company in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, (A) obtain for delivery to DPSW an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company dated the effective date of the applicable registration statement in customary form, scope and substance.
(g)      The Company will otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its securityholders, as soon as commercially reasonable, an earnings statement covering a period of 12 months, beginning within three months after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder (or any successor rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission).
(h)      The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.
(i)      The Company may require each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities to promptly furnish in writing to the Company such information regarding such Selling Holder, the Registrable Securities held by it and the intended method of distribution of the Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request and such other information as may be legally required in connection with such registration. No Holder may include Registrable Securities in any registration statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder has furnished to the Company such information. Each Holder further agrees to furnish as soon as reasonably practicable to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading.
(j)      Each Selling Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.3(e) hereof, such Selling Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Selling Holder’s receipt of written notice from the

9
NY\5900697.1


Company that such disposition may be made and, in the case of clause (ii) of Section 2.3(e) hereof, copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by clause (ii) of Section 2.3(e) hereof, and, if so directed by the Company, such Selling Holder will deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Selling Holder’s possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice. Each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that it will promptly notify the Company at any time when a prospectus relating to the registration of such Registrable Securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of an event as a result of which information previously furnished by such Selling Holder to the Company in writing for inclusion in such prospectus contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made. In the event the Company shall give such notice, the Company shall extend the period during which such registration statement shall be maintained effective (including the period referred to in Section 2.3(a) hereof) by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of notice pursuant to Section 2.3(e) hereof to the date when the Company shall provide written notice that such dispositions may be made and, in the case of clause (ii) of Section 2.3(e) hereof, make available to the Selling Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement a prospectus supplemented or amended to conform with the requirements of Section 2.3(e) hereof.
SECTION 2.4.    
Registration Expenses . In connection with any registration statement required to be filed hereunder, DPSW shall pay all reasonable and customary out-of-pocket related expenses, including, without limitation, the following registration expenses incurred in connection with the registration hereunder (the “ Registration Expenses ”), regardless of whether such registration statement is declared effective by the Commission: (a) all registration and filing fees, and any other fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the SEC or FINRA, (b) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (c) all printing, duplicating, word processing, messenger, telephone, facsimile and delivery expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses), (d) internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (e) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities, (f) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and customary fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the

10
NY\5900697.1


Company, (g) the reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration, and (h) any transfer taxes relating to the registration or sale of the Registrable Securities; provided that, the aggregate expenses payable by DPSW hereunder shall not exceed Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000), and any expenses in excess of Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) required to be paid in connection with any registration statement required to be filed hereunder shall be paid by the Company.
SECTION 2.5.
Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities, its officers, directors and agents, and each Person, if any, who controls such Selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities that arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement or prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus, or that arise out of or are based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of or are based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission included in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such Selling Holder or on such Selling Holder’s behalf expressly for inclusion therein.
SECTION 2.6.    
Indemnification by Holders of Registrable Securities . Each Selling Holder agrees, severally but not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers, directors and agents and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to such Selling Holder pursuant to Section 2.5 , but only with respect to information relating to such Selling Holder included in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing by such Selling Holder or on such Selling Holder’s behalf expressly for use in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus. In case any action or proceeding shall be brought against the Company

11
NY\5900697.1


or its officers, directors or agents or any such controlling person, in respect of which indemnity may be sought against such Selling Holder, such Selling Holder shall have the rights and duties given to the Company, and the Company or its officers, directors or agents or such controlling person shall have the rights and duties given to such Selling Holder, by Section 2.5 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the liability of a Selling Holder under this Section 2.6 or Section 2.08 or otherwise hereunder exceed the net proceeds actually received by such Selling Holder.
SECTION 2.7.    
Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 2.5 or 2.6 , such person (an “ Indemnified Party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (an “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing and the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, and shall assume the payment of all fees and expenses; provided that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give such notice will not relieve such Indemnifying Party of its obligations under Section 2.5 or 2.6 , as applicable, except to the extent such Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such failure. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (a) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel, or (b) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for all such Indemnified Parties, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Indemnified Parties, such firm shall be designated in writing by (i) in the case of Persons indemnified pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof, the Selling Holders which owned a majority of the Registrable Securities sold under the applicable registration statement, and (ii) in the case of Persons indemnified pursuant to Section 2.6 , the Company. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, but if settled with such consent, or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party shall indemnify

12
NY\5900697.1


and hold harmless such Indemnified Parties from and against any loss or liability (to the extent stated above) by reason of such settlement or judgment. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of with any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such proceeding without any admission of liability by such Indemnified Party.
SECTION 2.8.    
Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 2.5 or 2.6 hereof is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities between the Company on the one hand and each Selling Holder on the other, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company and of each Selling Holder in connection with such statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of each Selling Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
The Company and the Selling Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2. 8 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. No Selling Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the securities of such Selling Holder were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Selling Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

13
NY\5900697.1


No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Selling Holder’s obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 2.8 are several in such proportion that the proceeds of the offering received by such Selling Holder bears to the total proceeds of the offering received by all the Selling Holders, and not joint. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 2.8 applies in the case of a “shelf” registration and an underwritten offering.
SECTION 2.9.    
Rule 144 . The Company covenants that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to timely file any reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and that it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable Holders to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144.
ARTICLE III     
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 3.1.    
Remedies . In addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein and granted by law, including recovery of damages, the Holders shall be entitled to specific performance of the rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.
SECTION 3.2.    
Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, in each case without the written consent of the Company and the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities. No failure or delay by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon any breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

14
NY\5900697.1


SECTION 3.3.    
Notices . All notices and other communications in connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing by hand delivery, registered first-class mail, facsimile, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:
(a)      if to the Holders, at WRS Advisors III, LLC, Mack Real Estate Group, 60 Columbus Circle, 20 th Floor, New York, NY 10023, Attention : Richard Mack; and
(b)      if to the Company, initially at 3200 Northline Ave., Suite 360, Greensboro, NC 27408, or to such other address as the Company may hereafter specify in writing.
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when received if deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if faxed; on the next business day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery, and when receipt is acknowledged in writing by addressee or receipt is otherwise confirmed, if by electronic mail.
SECTION 3.4.    
Successors and Assigns . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the Holders under this Agreement shall not be assignable by any Holder to any Person that is not a Holder. This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
SECTION 3.5.
Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto.
SECTION 3.6.    
Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof.



15
NY\5900697.1


SECTION 3.7.    

Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.
SECTION 3.8.
Entire Agreement . This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Registrable Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.
SECTION 3.9.    
Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
SECTION 3.10.    
No Third Party Beneficiaries . Nothing express or implied herein is intended or shall be construed to confer upon any person or entity, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and all Indemnified Parties, any rights, remedies or other benefits under or by reason of this Agreement.
[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature pages follow ]


16
NY\5900697.1



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
COMPANY:
TANGER FACTORY OUTLET CENTERS, INC.
By: /s/ Thomas E. McDonough
Name: Thomas E. McDonough
Title: Vice President of Operations
PARTNERSHIP:
TANGER PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: Tanger GP Trust, its general partner

By: /s/ Steven B. Tanger
Name: Steven B. Tanger
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]




HOLDER:

DPSW Deer Park LLC

By: WRS Deer Park, LLC, its managing member

By: WRS Advisors III, LLC, its managing member

By: /s/ Richard Mack
Name: Richard Mack
Title: Manager



[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]



EXHIBIT A
TANGER FACTORY OUTLET CENTERS, INC.
FORM OF NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE
The undersigned beneficial holder of Class A Common Limited Partnership Units (“ Class A Common Limited Partnership Units ”) of Tanger Properties Limited Partnership (the “ Partnership ”) exchangeable at the election of the undersigned pursuant to Section 8.6 of that certain Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Partnership, dated as of August 30, 2013, as the same may be amended, modified or restated from time to time (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), for REIT Shares Amount of REIT Shares (as defined in the Partnership Agreement), understands that the Company has filed or intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) one or more registration statements (collectively, the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 30, 2013 (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), among the Company, the Partnership and the holders party thereto. A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement is available from the Company upon request at the address set forth below. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Registration Rights Agreement.
Each beneficial owner of Registrable Securities is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement. In order to sell or otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, a beneficial owner of Registrable Securities generally will be required to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus, deliver a prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities and be bound by those provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement applicable to such beneficial owner (including certain indemnification provisions as described below). To be included in the Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice and Questionnaire must be completed, executed and delivered to the Company at the address set forth herein on or prior to the tenth business day before the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement . We will give notice of the filing and effectiveness of the initial Shelf Registration Statement by mailing a notice to the holders at their addresses set forth in the register of the registrar.
Beneficial owners that do not complete this Notice and Questionnaire and deliver it to the Company as provided below will not be named as selling security holders in the prospectus and therefore will not be permitted to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. Beneficial owners are encouraged to complete and deliver this Notice and Questionnaire prior to the effectiveness of the initial Shelf Registration Statement so that such beneficial owners may be named as selling security holders in the related prospectus at the time of effectiveness. Upon



NY\5900697.1


receipt of a completed Notice and Questionnaire from a beneficial owner following the effectiveness of the initial Shelf Registration Statement, in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will file such amendments to the initial Shelf Registration Statement or additional shelf registration statements or supplements to the related prospectus as are necessary to permit such holder to deliver such prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities.
Certain legal consequences arise from being named as selling security holders in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling security holder in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus.



NY\5900697.1



NOTICE
The undersigned beneficial owner (the “ Selling Security Holder ”) of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include in the prospectus forming a part of the Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item 3 (unless otherwise specified under Item 3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, understands that it will be bound by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Registration Rights Agreement.
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the undersigned has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its directors, officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against certain losses arising in connection with statements concerning the undersigned made in the Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus in reliance upon the information provided in this Notice and Questionnaire.
The undersigned hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants to the Company that such information is accurate and complete:
QUESTIONNAIRE
1.    (a) Full Legal Name of Selling Security Holder:
(b) Full Legal Name of registered holder (if not the same as (a) above) through which Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:
(c) Full Legal Name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) through which Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:
(d) List below the individual or individuals who exercise voting and/or dispositive powers with respect to the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below:
2.    Address for Notices to Selling Security Holder:
Telephone:
Fax:
E-mail address:
Contact Person:
3.    Beneficial Ownership of Registrable Securities:



NY\5900697.1


Type of Registrable Securities beneficially owned, and number of REIT Shares beneficially owned:
4.    Beneficial Ownership of Securities of the Company Owned by the Selling Security Holder:
Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned is not the beneficial or registered owner of any securities of the Company, other than the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3).
Type and amount of other securities beneficially owned by the Selling Security Holder:
5.    Relationship with the Company
Except as set forth below, neither the undersigned nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.
State any exceptions here:
6.    Plan of Distribution
Except as set forth below, the undersigned (including its donees or pledgees) intends to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement only as follows and will not be offering any of such Registrable Securities pursuant to an agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into with a broker or dealer prior to the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement. Such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned or, alternatively, through underwriters or broker-dealers or agents. If the Registrable Securities are sold through underwriters or broker-dealers, the Selling Security Holder will be responsible for underwriting discounts or commissions or agent’s commissions. Such Registrable Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions)
(i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registrable Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale;
(ii) in the over-the-counter market;
(iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market; or
(iv) through the writing of options.
In connection with sales of the Registrable Securities or otherwise, the undersigned may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the



NY\5900697.1


Registrable Securities and deliver Registrable Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Registrable Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities.
State any exceptions here:
Note: In no event may such method(s) of distribution take the form of an underwritten offering of the Registrable Securities without the prior written agreement of the Company.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The undersigned acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules thereunder relating to stock manipulation, particularly Regulation M thereunder (or any successor rules or regulations), in connection with any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. The undersigned agrees that neither it nor any person acting on its behalf will engage in any transaction in violation of such provisions.
The Selling Security Holder hereby acknowledges its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement to indemnify and hold harmless certain persons set forth therein. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has agreed under certain circumstances to indemnify the Selling Security Holders against certain liabilities.
In accordance with the undersigned’s obligation under the Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the undersigned agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein that may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains effective. All notices hereunder and pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing at the address set forth below.
In the event that the undersigned transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities listed in Item 3 above after the date on which such information is provided to the Company, the undersigned agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Registration Rights Agreement.
By signing this Notice and Questionnaire, the undersigned consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (6) above and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus. The undersigned understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation or amendment of the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus.



NY\5900697.1


Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Security Holder and received by the Company, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire and the representations and warranties contained herein shall be binding on, shall insure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the Company and the Selling Security Holder with respect to the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Security Holder and listed in Item 3 above.
This Notice and Questionnaire shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.
Beneficial Owner
By:     
Name:
Title:
Dated:
Please return the completed and executed Notice and Questionnaire to:
Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.
3200 Northline Ave., Suite 360
Greensboro, NC 27408
Tel: (336) 856-6034
Fax: (336) 852-1407
Attention: General Counsel



NY\5900697.1


Exhibit 12.1

TANGER FACTORY OUTLET CENTERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
(in thousands, except ratios)
 
Nine months ended
September 30,
 
2013
 
2012
Earnings:
 
 
 
Income before equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated joint ventures and noncontrolling interests  (1)
$
80,078

 
$
40,336

Add:
 
 
 
Distributed income of unconsolidated joint ventures
4,415

 
740

Amortization of capitalized interest
384

 
382

Interest expense
37,826

 
37,062

Portion of rent expense - interest factor
1,527

 
1,552

Total earnings
124,230

 
80,072

 
 
 
 
Fixed charges:
 
 
 
Interest expense
37,826

 
37,062

Capitalized interest and capitalized amortization of debt issue costs
976

 
1,031

Portion of rent expense - interest factor
1,527

 
1,552

Total fixed charges
$
40,329

 
$
39,645

 
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
3.1

 
2.0

 
 
 
 
1.
Income before equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated joint ventures and noncontrolling interests for the period ended September 30, 2013, includes a $26.0 million gain on a previously held interest in an acquired joint venture.




Exhibit 12.2

TANGER PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AND SUBSIDIARIES
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
(in thousands, except ratios)

 
Nine months ended
September 30,
 
2013
 
2012
Earnings:
 
 
 
Income before equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated joint ventures and noncontrolling interests (1)
$
80,078

 
$
40,336

Add:
 
 
 
Distributed income of unconsolidated joint ventures
4,415

 
740

Amortization of capitalized interest
384

 
382

Interest expense
37,826

 
37,062

Portion of rent expense - interest factor
1,527

 
1,552

Total earnings
124,230

 
80,072

 
 
 
 
Fixed charges:
 
 
 
Interest expense
37,826

 
37,062

Capitalized interest and capitalized amortization of debt issue costs
976

 
1,031

Portion of rent expense - interest factor
1,527

 
1,552

Total fixed charges
$
40,329

 
$
39,645

 
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
3.1

 
2.0

1.
Income before equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated joint ventures and noncontrolling interests for the period ended September 30, 2013, includes a $26.0 million gain on a previously held interest in an acquired joint venture.





Exhibit 31.1

I, Steven B. Tanger, certify that:
 
1.
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. for the period ended September 30, 2013 ;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: November 12, 2013     

/s/ Steven B. Tanger
Steven B. Tanger
President and Chief Executive Officer
Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.





Exhibit 31.2

I, Frank C. Marchisello, Jr., certify that:
 
1.
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. for the period ended September 30, 2013 ;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.


Date: November 12, 2013

/s/ Frank C. Marchisello, Jr._     
Frank C. Marchisello, Jr.
Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer
Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.





Exhibit 31.3

I, Steven B. Tanger, certify that:
 
1
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Tanger Properties Limited Partnership for the period ended September 30, 2013;
 
 
2
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
 
3
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
 
4
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
 
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
 
 
 
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
 
 
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
 
 
 
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
 
 
 
5
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
 
 
 
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
 
 
 
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date:
November 12, 2013
 
/s/ Steven B. Tanger
 
Steven B. Tanger
President and Chief Executive Officer
Tanger GP Trust, sole general partner of the Operating Partnership





Exhibit 31.4

I, Frank C. Marchisello, Jr., certify that:
  
 
1
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Tanger Properties Limited Partnership for the period ended September 30, 2013;
 
 
2
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
 
3
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
 
4
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
 
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
 
 
 
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
 
 
 
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
 
 
 
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
 
 
5
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
 
 
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
 
 
 
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date:
November 12, 2013
 
/s/ Frank C. Marchisello, Jr.
 
Frank C. Marchisello, Jr.
Vice-President and Treasurer
Tanger GP Trust, sole general partner of the Operating Partnership
(Principal Financial Officer)





Exhibit 32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby certifies, to such officer's knowledge, that:

(i)    the accompanying Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 (the “ Report ”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(ii)    the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:
November 12, 2013
/s/ Steven B. Tanger
 
 
Steven B. Tanger
President and Chief Executive Officer
Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.





Exhibit 32.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby certifies, to such officer's knowledge, that:

(i)    the accompanying Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 (the “ Report ”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(ii)    the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


Date:
November 12, 2013
/s/ Frank C. Marchisello, Jr.
 
 
Frank C. Marchisello, Jr.
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Tanger Factory Outlet Centers, Inc.





Exhibit 32.3

Certification of Chief Executive Officer
  
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Tanger Properties Limited Partnership (the “ Operating Partnership ”) hereby certifies, to such officer's knowledge, that:

(i)
the accompanying Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Operating Partnership for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(ii)
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Operating Partnership.


Date:
November 12, 2013
/s/ Steven B. Tanger
 
Steven B. Tanger
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Tanger GP Trust, sole general partner of the Operating Partnership





Exhibit 32.4

Certification of Principal Financial Officer
  
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Tanger Properties Limited Partnership (the “ Operating Partnership ”) hereby certifies, to such officer's knowledge, that:

(i)
the accompanying Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Operating Partnership for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 (the “ Report ”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(ii)
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Operating Partnership.

Date:
November 12, 2013
/s/ Frank C. Marchisello, Jr.
 
 
Frank C. Marchisello, Jr.
 
 
Vice President and Treasurer
Tanger GP Trust, sole general partner of the Operating Partnership
(Principal Financial Officer)